AE Yanmar 6EY18AL-pancaran Khatulistiwa
AE Yanmar 6EY18AL-pancaran Khatulistiwa
~
. -·· . ... ~.- ....
-'
'I
~,~;?)::·.·
. •
l .ll, I I ( •• -
;'• .. ... .
r.
I
1 ·.
,_
;
,..,,_.......
1·· (rt,
J
!....-
l
l' ,/
•
t
!·
.; ;,.-
.•-
Chemtr. ~~Jster
012
. . . .
fvtH-9
IM0-943931 g.
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS 1/6
Page No.
00 Basic Descriptions
01 Preface M46623-00-01 a-00
02 Engine Specification M46623-00-02a-OO
M46623-00-02b-OO
03 Direction of Rotation M46623-00-03a-OO
04 External and Sectional View M46623-00-04a-OO
05 Term & Symbol Marks M46623-00-05a-OO
06 Precautions on Maintenance M46623-00-06a-00
07 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing M46623-00-07 a-00
08 Protective Device Setting Values M46623-00-08a-OO
Holding Volumes of Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water
Pressure & Temperature Setting Values
09 Assembly Adjustment Values M46623-00-09a-OO
Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts
10 Table of Tightening Torques of Major Bolts & Nuts M46623-00-1 Oa-00
11 Principal Dimensions & Mass for Disassembly & Servicing M46623-00-11 a-00
13 SI Unit Conversion Table M46623-00-13a-OO
14 Symbol Marks on Piping Layout & Instruments M46623-00-14a-00
00 Operation
21 Operational Preparation M46623-00-21 a-00
22 Starting M46623-00-22a-OO
23 Running M46623-00-23a-OO
24 Stopping M46623-00-24a-OO
33 Data Sheet M46623-00-33a-OO
00 Trouble shooting & Countermeasures M46623-00-41 a-00
VANMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS
2/6
Page No.
01 Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner
01 Outline M46623·01-01a-OO
02 Overhauling the Cylinder Block M46623-01 ·02a-OO
03 Overhauling the Cylinder Liner M46623-01-03a-OO
• Parts List of Cylinder Block
Cylinder Block & Liner M46623-01-51 a-00
Cylinder Side Cover M46623-01-52a-OO
Cylinder Side Cover (Relief Valve} M46623-01-53a-OO
Cylinder Side Cover (Relief Valve} M46623-01-53b-00
Gear Case M46623-01-54a-OO
Oil Sealing (SFW) M46623-01-56a-OO
Breather Pipe M46623-01-57a-OO
Pump Case Cover M46623-01-58a-OO
11 Cylinder Head & Its Accessories
01 Outline M46623-11-01a-OO
02 Overhauling the Cylinder Head M46623-11-02a-OO
03 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valves M46623-11-03a-OO
04 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Seat M46623-11-04a-OO
05 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Guide M46623-11-05a-OO
06 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Bridge & Guide M46623-11-06a-OO
07 Overhauling the Valve Rotator M46623-11-07a-00
08 Adjusting the Intake I Exhaust Valve Head Clearance M46623-11-08a-OO
09 Overhauling the Nozzle Sleeve M46623-11-09a-OO
YAN MAR
6EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS 3/6
Page No.
18 Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger
01 Outline of Exhaust Manifold M46623-18-01 a-00
02 Outline of Air Cooler M46623-18-02a-OO
03 Charge-Air Heating Device (Option) M46623-18-03a-OO
04 Overhauling the Exhaust Manifold M46623-18-04a·OO
Mitsubishi Exhaust Gas Turbocharger Model MET18SRC Instruction Manual Tz-EM 18-0002
05 Turbocharger Blower Washing Procedure M46623-18-05a-OO
YAIIMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS
4/6
Page No.
• Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe System
(Pump - Cooler) M46623-30-58a-OO
(Strainer OUT) M46623-30-59a-OO
(Pressure regulating valve - Turbine) M46623-30-60a-OO
(Priming) M46623-30-61 a-00
L.0. Pressure Switch Pipe & Pressure Gauge M46623-30-62a-OO
• Parts List of Dipstick M46623-30-70a-OO
• Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe (Lubricate Pinion of Fuel Injection Pump) M46623-30-80a-OO
• Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe (Generator) M46623-30-90a-OO
40 Cooling Water System
01 Outline (Two cooling water pumps are equipped on the cylinder block) M46623-40-01 a-00
02 Overhauling the Cooling Water (Fresh water) Pump M46623-40-02a-OO
03 Overhauling the Cylinder Jacket Cooling Water Thermostatic Valve M46623-40-03a-OO
04 Jacket Cooling Water Two-step Temperature Control Device M46623-40-04a-OO
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS 5/6
Page No.
65 Special Attachments
03 Maintenance of the Electromagnetic Pickup M46623-65-03a-OO
04 Maintenance of the Control Position Select Switch M46623-65-04a-OO
05 Maintenance of the Turning Switch M46623-65-05a-OO
06 Maintenance of the Start I Stop Lever Interlock Switch M46623-65-06a-OO
08 Maintenance of the Electromagnetic Stop Valve M46623-65-08a-OO
09 Maintenance of the Air Filter M46623-65-09a-OO
12 Servicing of Starting Time Fuel Control Air Piston & Stopping Air Piston M46623-65-12a-OO
17 Maintenance of the Fuel Oil Float Switch M46623-65-17 a-00
VANMAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL
Page
CONTENTS
6/6
Page No.
• Parts List of Control Air Pipe (Cooling Water Switch Valve) M46623-65-51 a-00
• Parts List of Control Air Pipe (Fuel Cut) M46623-65-52a-OO
• Parts List of Control Air Joint M46623-65-53a-OO
• Parts List of Control Air Joint (High Temp. Water) M46623-65-54a-OO
• Parts List of Control Air Joint (Low Temp. Water) M46623-65-55a-OO
• Parts List of Control Air Joint (2 connect) (High I Low Temp. Water) M46623-65-56a-OO
• Parts List of Operation Place Change-over Switch M46623-65-61 a-00
• Parts List of Start Switch M46623-65-62a-OO
• Parts List of Magnetic Pick-up M46623-65-63a-OO
• Parts List of Gauge Panel M46623-65-64a-OO
• Parts List of Bracket (Pressure Switch) M46623-65-71 a-00
• Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (3 Connects) (L.0.) M46623-65-72a-OO
• Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Boost Air & Cooling Water) M46623-65-73a-OO
• Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Starting Air M46623-65- 7 4a-OO
• Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Control Air) M46623-65-75a-OO
• Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Fuel Oil) M46623-65- 76a-OO
• Parts List of Temperature Switch M46623-65- 77 a-00
• Parts List of Resistor CMP M46623-65-78a-OO
• Parts List of Junction Box M46623-65-79a-OO
• Parts List of Thermometer M46623-65-80a-OO
70 Starting Air System & Air Motor
01 Outline of the Main Components M46623-70-01 a-00
02 Overhauling the Air Motor M46623- 70-02a-OO
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 04578001
for SERIES 150T()P TURBINE-POWERED STARTERS
Operation and Maintenance Manual for Series SRV125F Starter Relay Valve CCN 04579728
• Parts List of Air Starter M46623- 70-51 a-00
• Parts List of Starting Air Pipe M46623-70-52a-OO
92 Hydraulic Jack
01 Outline of the Main Components M46623-92-01 a-00
02 How to Use the Hydraulic Tools M46623-92-02a-OO
03 Location Used & Installation Method M46623-92-03a-OO
• Parts List of Hydraulic Pump & Hydraulic Jack (Cylinder Head) M46623-92-51 a-00
• Parts List of Hydraulic Pump & Hydraulic Jack (Main Bearing Cap) M46623-92-52a-OO
• Parts List of Standard Tools M46623-92-61 a-00
• Parts List of Oil Drain Pan M46623-92-62a-00
• Parts List of Special Tools M46623-92-63a-OO
YAN MAR
Basic Descriptions
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Preface 00-01 a-00 1 /4
(...__ T_h_a_n_k_y_o_u_f_o_r_p_u_rc_h_a_s_i
_n_g_a_Y._'A_N_M_A_R_D_ie_s_e_l_E_n_g_in_e_. )
1. Foreword
This Operation Manual has been prepared for your safe and effective use of the engine. Read thorough this
Operation Manual and fully understand the safety precautions and precautions regarding the operation,
checking and servicing before using this engine.
( 1) Keep this Operation Manual at a clearly identified place accessible for the operator to refer to it at any
time.
(2) The text and illustrations of this Operation Manual may partly disagree with engines of some specifi-
cations.
For such engines. refer to the Engine Specifications and Final Drawings we have submitted you sep-
arately.
Also note that used parts and the contents of this Operation Manual description of this engine are
changed without notifying the user before hand for improving the quality and performances of engine
or for safety.
(3) For the following devices, refer to the corresponding operation manuals separately attached.
Attachments of special specifications.
(4) In this manual, the numerical values are based on the SI system (lntemational System of Units).
(5) Replacement parts should be our genuine parts or specified parts. Order a part to your nearest sales
or service agent of Yanmar's parts. When ordering a part, clearly specify page number to which parts
have been described, the Part Name (part description) and Part No., and the Model and manufac-
ture's Serial No. of the engine. .
(6) If you should have lost or damaged this Operation Manual, or if you have any questions and advice,
please contact us or your nearest sales or service agent (shown in the service network list "YANMAR
Worldwide Service Network" appended to this manual).
(7) If you transfer this engine. also transfer this Operation Manual, Final Drawings and Records of Shop
Trial with the engine to the next owner.
(8) If you use this engine for an application or under service condition other than those specified, or if
you handle it not in accordance with this Operation Manual, an accident or a failure may be caused.
Please contact us or your nearest sales or service agent before changing any technical data of the
engine or modifying the engine after it has been delivered.
Never modify the engine without consulting us.
(9) If you find any obscure passages or have any doubts, feel free to make your inquiries to us or your
nearest sales or service agent (shown in the service network list "YANMAR Worldwide Service Net-
work" appended to this manual).
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Preface 00-01a-00 2/4
(~~~~~~~~~-F_o_r_s_af_e_u_s_e~o_f_y_o_u_r_e_n_g_in_e_.~~~~~~~~~)
Be sure to abide by ~ -marked DANGERs, WARNINGsand CAUTIONSdescribed in this Manual. As
far as safety is concerned, they are particularly important parts of instructions.
• The following shows the safety marks used for caution indications in this Operation Manual and
• safety labels attached to this product and explains their meaning.
[/!\DANGER I It indicates that a danger of possible death or serious injury is very great when
the proper precautions Is not followed.
[ ZK I
WARNING It indicates that there is a danger of resulting in death or serious injury
when the proper precautions Is not followed.
[ JS I
CAUTION It indicates that there is the possibility of resulting in injury or serious
damage to the engine when an advice on safety handling or the proper
precautions is not followed.
• The cautions prefixed with the 6 mark in this Operation Manual are especially important for safe
handing of this product. A failure to observe this caution may incur a deterioration of performances or
trouble/accident of this product. Therefore, be sure to observe the items.
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Preface 00-01 a-00 3/4
2-1. Title
DlUH·COB
YJINMJIA
&EYIB!A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Preface 00-01a-OO 4/4
'*
,
;,, ') ;., 7'~ .ifJi/P,fJ If
01 -:,, I) ~ 1f :1 CJ ';I ? f±tJl
01-51a-OO 2/4
Parts List of Cylinder Block
!Ill
No
1
2
' 2
,
1
J>
1.,1'\)t,
Level
;t-1
Order
x
' '
!tl~ffi,ij-
Part No.
746623-0101
146623-01010
~ 'J './'l1a ':l'J
~·J "'./Jf-:Jc•:J'J
,
ftfi6la~ ~
ASSY
' '
Part Name
1
l
11:n
Remarks
G) Title
Title is the name of the group that has most close relation with each chapter. Several parts belong to other
chapter are also in the list as they could not be separated from main group.
®No.
Number attached to the illustration in the first page
@Level
Nominal parent-child relationship of the parts
1 : Parent parts (Assembly parts)
2: Child parts included in "1"
3 : Child parts included in "2", Grand child parts in terms of "1"
@Order
The parts marked" x "in this item cannot be supplied by itself as they cannot be treated separate from
upper component.
@Part No.
Order the part by this number.
@~~:g~
Japanese name
(!) Part Name
English name
@Q'ty
Number of the parts per one engine
YAN MAR
&EY181AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Engine Specification 00-02a-OO 1/2
1. Engine Specification
Model Unit 6EY18L
No. of cylinders -- 6
Stroke mm 280
Direction of rotation of crankshaft --- Counterclockwise as viewed from the flywheel side
Cooling system --- Freshwater & Freshwater mixing dual cooling system
Forced lubrication
Lubricating system --- (system oil also used as turbocharger lub.oil)
(system oil also used as rocker arm lub.oil)
Overall length mm
Overall height mm
Mass (of engine singly) kg
YAN MAR
&EYIB!A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Engine Specification 00-02a-00 2/2
VAN MAR
&EYIB(A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Engine Specification 00-02b-OO 1 /2
1. Engine Specification
Model· Unit 6EY18AL
Stroke mm 280
Direction of rotation of crankshaft ... Counterclockwise as viewed from the flywheel side
Operating side ... On the left as viewed from the flywheel side
Cooling system ... Freshwater & Freshwater mixing dual cooling system
Forced lubrication
Lubricating system --- (system oil also used as turbocharger lub.oil)
(system oil also used as rocker arm lub.oil)
Overall height mm
VANMAR
&EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Engine Specification 00-02b-OO 2/2
YANMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Direction of Rotation 00-03a-OO 1/1
-:-:- -9-
0 ----
~
Viewed from
this side
01112,.011
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 External and Sectional View 00-04a-OO 1/3
1. External View
1-1. Operation Side (Fuel Injection Pump Side)
Turbocharger
Hydraulic Governor
Flywheel
Fuel filter
Ol?SOS· 00!
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 External and Sectional View 00-04a-OO 2/3
2. Sectional View
2-1. Sectional View of Longitudinal
3 4
19
18
17
16 14
12
9 11 10
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 External and Sectional View 00-04a-OO 3/3
Cylinder block
--- Connecting rod
Common Bed
D 0 D
017504-00E
YANMAA
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Term & Symbol Marks 00-0Sa-OO 1/1
1) The major terms used in this Operation Manual are defined as follows:
Front part of engine: Part opposite to the flywheel end
Rear part of engine: Part on the flywheel end
Operation side: Left side as viewed form the flywheel end (fuel injection pump side)
Non-operation side: Right side as viewed from the flywheel end (exhaust manifold side)
CW rotation: Clockwise rotation as viewed from the flywheel end
CCW rotation: Counterclockwise rotation as viewed from the flywheel end
Cylinder No: Assigned in the ascending order from the cylinder nearest to the flywheel end
Flywheel
.j
:--··---, :---
I Machine that I :
_, is driven ,!
i .J
Operation Side 019604-00£
2) The following symbol marks are used in the safety labels shown in this Operation Manual and posted on
the engine.
( 1) Caution marks and signal words
~
Caution
on explosion
~
Caution on
rotating part
[I] "
Caution on
high pressure oil
Caution on fire
[g] Caution on
high temperature
w
~ (b) 0th-
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 1/6
1. Basic Precautions
• When running the engine or servicing it for its maintenance, observe the safety rules, precautions on
safety and work procedures.
• When carrying out a joint work. work according to the predeter-
mined signs.
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 216
[ /J\ CAUTION )
No Modification, Please.
• When you want to modify your engine, consult us or your nearest sales
or service agent in advance. Yanmar can not be responsible for an acci-
dent resulting in injury or death or an engine trouble resulted from unau-
thorized modification.
• Your engine and its safety devices have been sealed for the sake of
safety. Don't break or tamper with a seal indiscreetly.
• If a sealing is missing, take a proper step of promptly contacting us or
your nearest sales or service agent for ensuring the proper initial set-
ting.
[& HANDS OFFI
• Check the all the safety devices of your engine have been set normally.
• If a safety device is wrongly used, it leads to a serious accident resulting in injury or death.
• Promptly repair a cover a rotating part, a heat shielding cover for exhaust pipe, a protective cover of
the heating region or the like. if found damaged.
• Never run the engine while the cover of a rotating part is removed. Otherwise dur-
[&wARNING J ing operation, your hand, body or clothing may be caught in the rotating part, result-
ing in your injury.
[ /!\ CAUTION )
Be Cautious of Handling of a High-temperature or High-pressure Spot.
YAN MAR
&EYIS(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 3/6
(&DANGER)
Be Cautious of Handling of Fuel & Lubricating Oil.
• If fire is brought close to fuel and/or lubricating oil, there is the possibility of catching
[ ZiS DANGER J fire.
(Particularly the fuel is highly flammable and dangerous.)
• Fire should be strictly prohibited in the engine installed place (engine room).
• Check for leak of fuel oil and lubricating oil. If you find a defective point. repair it and
~ wipe out leaked fuel or lubricating oil.
• Store the fuel oil and lubricating oil at the specified place and do not allow persons
other than those concerned to handle them.
• Unnecessary flammables in the engine installed place (engine room) may cause fire.
Therefore, store these flammables in another specified place.
NO SMOKING C~~l~~~BLES
~ raJ
Ventilate Well.
• Exhaust gas emitted from an engine is dangerous. Ventilate well to prevent gas intoxication.
• If Exhaust gas is leading, promptly repair such a leaking
point at the exhaust pipe.
• Ventilate well the indoor engine installed place (and/or the
engine room.)
• Take care that the room does not fall short of the air (oxy-
gen) because the turbocharger takes in a great volume of
air.
[ ZfS DANGER ) • While charging the battery, there is danger of • Inhaling exhaust gas is very dangerous.
catching fire because hydrogen gas is gen-
When working indoors. sufficiently
erated. ventilate the room.
n
• Install a fire extinguisher against a possible fire, and check how to use EXTINGUISHER
it.
• Fix a safekeeping place for a first-aid kit, and install it there.
• Fix the actions to be taken when fire or an accident has occurred.
• Establish a means of reporting to emergency medical institution such
as an emergency hospital, and have its telephone number written
down.
[~ FIRST·AID KIT
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 4/6
In order to prevent accident, be sure to comply with the following instructions when lifting the gen.set.
• Select the wire and shackle with the sufficient capacities to lift the gen.set.
• Adjust the wire length correctly so that the gen.set will not tilt when lifted.
• Place wooden blocks, etc. to the positions where the wire contacts the gen.set or driven equipment.
• Choose such a cushioning material as will not be damaged not removed during lifting, then attach it
not be allow its contacts with the engine or driven machine to be damaged.
• Do not enter under the lifted gen.set.
MIN.1050
0180)?•00E
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 5/6
2
(FW Cover)
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions on Maintenance 00-06a-OO 6/6
4. Safety Labels
@
A 11
WARJUJIIO
LI!.
1:1
A !f
WARJIIIJIIO
.t.f::.
1:1 A~II
CAUTION
~
• lfJtR. 1 O lt911StCIP't'1'!~•.
~
·~, U'?/'.:L•l:•'tat
~f
•i.it•
• .U,\l:.tt~l\lft,IJl't, AI\CIL•'t'(t.:H•, • l!l)6t:~1telfY-6
·~1ll'tU1tu,a•1rt. nno•~t>~T.
...
• Ooft'I open Umin. 1fl•r tlop · hpoud mowlnt pat1t • Hot •urfece
• C1n ceuu lnJw,y by nplodon
141111,.IUOI
. c,n CIUH Injury
1'11H,tn11 , ,.~..,....
• Mey cause bum
@ ®
A A CAUTION
HIIO)IIJaL•r:. 1111:.::UL•l:t:< ""· lUHllll.l: I OBe sure lhat you underttand the
lnatructlon In the operation manual
llllfll"f6A&lfb'C ( l:aL•. b•fore starting operation.
OIIIIIIHllf.t < llo\.~l't:1:lltl!L• < t!aL•. OFailure to follow the instruction, in
• ... tz •• L•li • . 1.•••xi:•a•.,=•6•6',i•Jt:'f'. the operation manual can laad to
1erloua injury.
· IIJ!IMat.t<II .... !UttUll.'tb•<,.::11111< 1:~L•.
0Cheok area around !he engine for aalety
· lllllll!fl!aats111au•••L1,,aei:. ut~.:::u: ol people and property before llarling
< t!i:!l'. the engine.
Olflllllll:li. •1u111<t)Al>llllldll'ltallL, ( t:~L·. ONever !ouoh expoHd moving parts during
O'T1fdllitr.,i•1. ali11>1i. liilli•it1:111r.,;L•.t,r:vr operation. You may be hurt.
OWur glovu when Inspecting dutlng or
( t!~I.\.
immediat•ly •lt•r operation. You may be
Ol>ltl:'dllitl\l,Y, a1icpau••1u11t1:. llll:IUIJI. burned.
••(lc••••t-r6•ei:. •atllllL T< t!~L·. OCheck that no fuel is tHking during
0:kllldllith,i•J, al.i<I>. l!RltWt;l:'&-',dll!R•M• operation. Fuel leaks may cause lirea.
011 diauumbllng filters, beware ol hot
f,IL•.j: ,4lllL'C( t!aL•. oil 1p1Jrtlng due to residual preasure.
Nli•UU.81'.tlltl:. &:: L81Di+ltff'iillt'l1%. You may be burned. Releue lhe p,eaauro
llll:J:.t•Jladl.fU~l!IL. 1>rtl:'dllitM•1>•Jt"f. flral by looHning Jhe alr-vent plug
2,au:1,?'t•ll. II1lHblL 'Cb• .. tt?'C( l!.!L•. belora disusembly.
OReturn turning equipment to"off' al!er
01'? · ••dl•r:. ll!IIIL1,,-.::.:..?'a11>,-.::.:..?',<- inapecllon and maintenance.
1:16'f'. II!. dlUBl:aL 'I'. ( 1:aL•, OConlact Yanmar if tho safely plate and/
or operation manual ia lo1t or damaged.
YANMAA YANMAA ..,., ....,,..
® A ~it CAU110N
A ;t~ CAUTION
~ ~ iiff;Hi
• •e!t1t.11tl!0>en.1>•1. ~, High pressure oil
· ~• ·ilt11111:.,ie:ua1:
llhlO>;:'.t.
t)
,HIGH~ AIR LNSII:£ "· f'la•~1:ri.
• RISK OF SPOUT ~ll&'>b'n~
• REMO\IEAU.IESOJAI. flle9.J£ 811!0>;: e ,
eEFOAE OISASSB8.Y Al() CWlftl
1'"7$,ffl!III • Wear safety glasses
during work.
14e673-927•o
YAN MAR
&EY10!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 1/12
..
& IN WORKING
__,
• Do not open the side cover of crankcase for at least 10 minutes after having stopped the
engine. Otherwise, entry of external air may result in explosion.
YANMAII
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 2/12
PreparationPriorto Working
Disconnection
of wire
Wear ~Jm,nal
~ametor
Kink
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 3/12
[& WARNING] An accident may occur if the safety rules are not followed.
• For a joint work strive for elimination of a possible danger by keeping alert
to the surroundings.
___ __,.,.,
• Use the specified engine tools to prevent the damage of the respective bolts and nuts of the engine.
• When handling a heavy thing, follow the slinger's instructions.
• In advance of using exclusive tools, check the function of these tools.
• Carefully check for any damages to rubber hose and joints of hydraulic jacks.
• Use the specified lifting gear. hook, rope, etc.; and pay attention to safety when handling a heavy thing
particularly.
~.6;
~~-
{& TOOLS
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 4/12
[ 2iS DANGER I • Shut off the power supply before starting the work. Otherwise, a fire may occur or you
may receive electric shock.
• When checking the battery system, be sure to disconnect the earth cable
(-) terminal. Otherwise, the negative terminal may be short-circuited by mistake, resulting
in fire.
~
• The strong acid battery electrolyte put on your skin or eyes will cause inflammation. If the
battery electrolyte should be put on your skin or eyes, immediately flush it with fresh
water, then consult a physician.
• Since an organic solvent is highly volatile, liable to be gasified and absorbed by worker through his
breathing as it vaporized, pay close attention to ventilation when handling it.
• Since a highly concentrated organic solvent has the property of dissolving fats and oils and is absorbed
by worker through his skins, be careful of handling it.
I& I
• When working with such a solvent, be sure to wear rubber gloves.
WEAR PROTECTORS
• Check if detached parts have been refitted at the specified spots in the total num-
ber.
• Check if the damaged parts have been replaced with the good ones.
• Return tools, lifting gear, hook, rope, etc. used to the former safekeeping place.
• Remove fuel and oil from the engine installed place (and/or the engine room).
• Keep the engine installed place (and/or the engine room) in order and tidy so that
it will not interfere with daily operation.
• Before starting the engine, check various parts to see if there is no abnormality.
Refer back to 3-2. Precautions on Operation, (1) Prior to Starting of the Engine.
• Proceed t a load run, and check that the performance does not differ from that
existed prior to the maintenance servicing. KEEP TIDY
Refer back to 3-2. Precautions on Operation, (2) During a Run.
• As soon as a load run is completed, enter records of performance as well as the
nature of maintenance servicing in your Engine Log. (Keeping of records and then
reporting of work completion)
YA II MAR
6EYl8!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page.
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 5/12
u~~~~~~~~~~~~~
• The following tables of checking show the standard checking frequency. Perform the initial overhaul
servicing to these checking tables. Then, based on the obtained checking (on wear corrosion, accumu-
lation of carbon, accumulation of sludge and others), make the most economical checking schedule
suitable for your engine, and conform to the specified schedule from the second checking.
• As for the items whose checking frequency is shown by the accumulated operation hours and number
of days, schedule the checking at the earlier timing.
-
E Lub. oil Tank
Q)
Oil volume check
(/)
>, (Common Bed)
rn
0 * 2 Lub. oil bypass
.0 Overhaul cleaning
:,
...J
strainer
2008.3.12R YANMAA
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 6/12
Nature of Work
Checking Area Monthly
Daily Weekly
(or 300 - 500hrs)
Pre-filter washing
Turbocharger
Blower washing
Electric Check that electrical
Wiring wiring is fastened firmly
Starting
air motor Check that no air leaks
Air pipes from the air pipe and
the joint.
-
E
2 Check on defective
Cl)
Each thermometer
.f: indication
Check on the loose-
Engine appearance
ness of bolts & nuts
Each pipe system Check on leakage
YANMAR
6EY18(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 7/12
Table 2. Checking Table for Engine Using Marine Diesel Oil (M.0.0.) (1/3)
An asterisk (*) given in the following tables refers to the timing of initial check after the initial start or part
replacement. Perform the check from the second time and onward at the ordinary frequency.
.... N ....; 0 8w
q C)
....
a:f
0 :s ci
0 ...., ~ :s
E ~ ....
>- ~ (")
(") <O l I.I')
N
1,500 -
Fuel injector Drawing-out check & adjustment 2,000
1st time:500-800hrs
VANMAA
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing OO-O?a-00 8/12
Table 2. Checking Table for Engine Using Marine Diesel Oil {M.D.0.) (2/3)
Checking Servicing
Cycle (hrs.)
§ s
s,ri a·
-
0
~ ~
N
.... o . 0
> Part to Be l l l N
i5 Nature of Service l l
Checked
§_ §_ §_ §
ai §_
-
l5
N
l5
"Q'
0
0
-
<D
g ~ !;;.
....
...:
>,
<")
0
...:
>,
<"'l <"'l l ,n
N
Ill
t
co Check of tooth bearing & backlash 0
Q. Lub. oil pump,
Cl
c: & cold water
'>0 pump driving Disassembly, check & measurement of bearing 0
~ intermediate
...
0 gear.
·a;
~
Check of gear mounted shaft tightening torque 0
- * 0
E Change of hydraulic fluid
Q)
Governor
Ill
>, Disassembly & check 0
C/'J
>0 Governor driv-
Disassembly & check of tooth bearing & bearing 0
o ing gear
-
E Check of injection timing 0 1st time: 300 - 500
C1)
Fuel injection
Ill
>, pump
Check of deflector & replacement 0
C/'J
Disassembly, cleaning & check 0
6
Q) Disassembly & Check 0
::, Fuel feed pump
u, Replacement of oil seal 0
Change (depended on results of property
tub. oil 0
analysis)
Lub. oil cooler Disassembly, check, cleaning & hydraulic test 0
Thermostatic
valve
Disassembly, check & cleaning 0
- 0
E Disassembly, check & measurement
C1)
Ill
>,
Lub. oil pump Disassembly & check of pres. reg. valve &
C/'J safety valve 0
0 Press. regutation
.ri
::, valve
Disassembly, check & cleaning 0
...I
Check of filter candle 0 every 4 yr.
Replacement of filter candle (0) every 6 yr.
Lub. oil filter worm gear, turbine,
Check of rotation 0 flushing arm
Replacement of 0-ring At overhaul
Table 2. Checking Table for Engine Using Marine Diesel Oil (M.D.O.) (3/3)
Checking Servicing
Cycle (hrs.)
~
..... co C>
C>
0
<'Si
0
v·
c...., ~
0 0
0
~
>- c...:
E E .....
(")
>-
(") (") l o.n
N
e·
E
Cl) Disassembly, check & measurement 0
cii Cooling water pump
>,
Cl) Replacement of mechanical seal 0
....
(1)
Fresh water cooler Disassembly, check, cleaning & hydraulic test 0
~ Cooling water Change
O>
c (Fresh water) (depended on results of property analysis)
0
0
0
o Sea water
cooling parts
Check of anticorrosive zinc & replacement 0
-...
E
11)
1/)
>,
U)
Starting air motor
<( piston
Replacement of 0-ring 0
Turbocharger Disassembly & cleaning 0
...Cl> Boost air cooler
Disassembly, check, cleaning & hydraulic
0
s: test
5 Engine tachometer Calibration of indication 0
Alarm switch Actuation test 0
YANMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-OO 10/12
Table 3. Checking Table for Engine Using Heavy Fuel Oil (1/3)
An asterisk(*) given in the following tables refers to the timing of initial check after the initial start or part
replacement. Perform the check from the second time and onward at the ordinary frequency.
§ s
-
0 0 0
~ ~ 0-
-l
0 0
N- 0 ci
Part to Be Ir) N
.ii l l
Nature of Service l l
0 Checked 0 0 0
0
0 0
-
~ 8 0 0 0
«i
-....
0 0
N-
~ 0 <D
0 0 0
0 0 !;. 0
-
'"'
>,
E E <")
'"'
>,
<") (D l
N '°
Fuel injector Drawing-out check & adjustment 1,500 -
t st time:500-800hrs
2,000
Check & adjustment of the valve head clearance 0
"O
ra
Check of valve spring 0
Q)
...
s:
Q)
Check disassembly & check of valve rotator If necessary
"O
Cylinder head
Disassembly, check & cleaning 0
.5
">,
o
Grinding of suc./ehx. valve seat 0
Scale cleaning & hydraulic test of water chamber 0
Replacement of stem seal (Suc./Ehx. Valve) 0
Check of cyl. head bolt tightening force
• 0
Drawing-out, cleaning, checking & measurement of piston 0
Piston Check & measurement of piston rings 0
Check & measurement of piston pin 0
Check & measurement of piston pin metal 0
Check & measurement of crank-pin metal 0
Connecting rod
Check of connecting rod bolt tightening angle 0
Change of connecting rod bolts 20,000 hrs.
YANMAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions prior to Maintenance & Servicing 00-0?a-OO 11/12
Table 3. Checking Table for Engine Using Heavy Fuel Oil (2/3)
Checking Servicing
Cycle (hrs.)
0
==ci
0 0
l.... ~- § ci....
0
> Part to Be
i5 Checked Nature of Service l
N
I
§
'°I I N
l
8 8
.... <'i §_
q 0
-or
«i ~
0 ~
0 0 0
c:i c:i !;. "">. 0
E
<")
E
<")
.... <")
I ...,"">.
N
Cl)
t:
<ti
Check of tooth bearing & backlash 0
Q. Lub. oil pump,
OI
c: & cold water
·s: pump driving Disassembly, check & measurement of bearing 0
0
~
...
0
intermediate
gear.
·a,
~
Check of gear mounted shaft tightening torque 0
Change of hydraulic fluid 0
...E
(I)
Cl)
>,
Governor
Disassembly & check
*
0
Cl)
...E
(I)
Cl)
>,
Lub. oil pump
Disassembly, check & measurement
Disassembly & check of pres. reg. valve &
0
Cl)
safety valve
0
0 Press. regutation
.ci
::, valve
Disassembly, check & cleaning 0
....J
Check of filter candle 0 every 2 yr.
Replacement of filter candle (0) every 4 yr.
Lub. oil filter worm gear, turbine,
Check of rotation 0 flushing arm
Replacement of 0-ring At overhaul
2008.2.20R YAIIMAA
&EY18{AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Precautions priorto Maintenance & Servicing 00-07a-00 12/12
Table 3. Checking Table for Engine Using Heavy Fuel Oil (3/3)
Checking Servicing
Cycle (hrs.)
§
§_ g §
0
~ 8
..- N .,.; ~
> Part to Be Checked Nature of Service I I I
I
I
i5 8
§_ ~ 8
0
q,
0::,
§
..- N
~ <D
6 6 ~ ..-
6 !;:. 6
ci ci ..:
E E >,, M ..:
M M
..- I .,.,
>,,
-...
E
a, Starting air motor
rJ)
>,
(/)
F.O.control & stop air
Disassemble and clean the air filter 0
<i: piston
Replacement of 0-ring 0
Turbocharger Disassembly & cleaning 0
...a, Disassembly, check, cleaning & hydraulic
-
s:
0
Boost air cooler
Engine tachometer
test
Calibration of indication
0
0
Alarm switch Actuation test 0
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
Protective Device Setting Values
00 (Holding Volumes of Lubricating Oil & CoolinQ Water
Pressure & Temperature Setting Values) 00-08a-OO 1/1
~
Maximum combustion pressure (Pmax)
*
0.40 -0.45
Trial.
Note: (1) The numerical value is a standard value. There is a remark different depending on the specification.
(2) For a star ( *)
given above. refer to the Records of Shop Trial and enter the obtained value here
because it varies according to the engine specification and output.
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Assembly Adjustment Values
Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts 00-09a-OO 1/6
eCl
Q)
.Ec
F
016156-DOi
YANMAA
GEYIOIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Assembly Adjustment Values
Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts 00-09a-OO 2/6
(/)
Cl
Radial thick. of piston
·c:c: - -
± 0.15
*
F=6.5
ad rings, No.1 - No.2 ~
i:
'a
e
s(/)
~
·a F
i:
£(/) Radial thick. of oil ring F=5.0 ± 0.25 - - 4.7
~
a: 017647·00X
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 AssemblyAdjustmentValues
Clearance & Wear Limitsof Major Parts 00-09a-00 3/6
(Unit: mm)
Dimension St'd Max. Usage
Clearance Allowable limit of
Item Sketch Assembling Clear-
Normal Tolerance Parts
Time ance
Width of piston ring, -0.065
No.1 -0.2
No.1 -0.085 No.1
4.5 G=0.110
Width of piston ring +0.070 - 0.155 G=0.4
+0.3
groove, No.1 +0.045
Width of piston ring. -0.010 -0.2
No.2 -0.030 No.2 No.2
J 4.0 G=0.055
Cl)
Width of piston ring +0.070 - 0.100 G=0.4
Cl
c +0.3
·c: groove, No.2 +0.045
o(S
c ~~7~~ -0.010
·a Width of oil ring -0.2
-0.030 H=0.030
c II II 11 H 6.0 H=0.4
+0.035 -0.065
l~o ~;:
~ Width of oil ring groove +0.3
·a II II II
+0.020
c
.9 Inner dia. of piston pin +0.100
a:
Cl)
+0.17
metal +0.080 J=0.080
0116o~oox J=0.25
0 -0.113
Outer dia. of piston pin -0.05
-0.013
¢75
Inner dia. of piston pin +0.045 +0.15
hole +0.030 K=0.030
K=0.15
0 - 0.058
Outer dia. of piston pin -0.15
-0.013
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 AssemblyAdjustmentValues
Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts 00-09a-OO 4/6
I
Inner dia. of crank pin +0.145
+0.2
bearing ~ L 0.080
-~ --
_9 ___ I -·---
Outer dia. of crank pin wear of
I -0.025
0.1
011649•00X
Deflection _
~J:~-
_p_ -
-- J- .....~
'' ''
- -
Refer to 21-04 Measurement of
Deflection, 3) Allowable deflec-
trion.
- _J:~--
Ol '651 ·00X
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 AssemblyAdjustmentValues
Clearance & Wear Limitsof Major Parts 00·09a-OO 5/6
(Unit: mm)
- -
r~ --
Outer dia. of intake ....o__ :,jl
·0.060 ·0.32
valve tr1~ ·0.080 R1=0.060
Inner dia. of intake valve ,... 'a
T
<b 14
+0.024 - 0.104
R1=0.32
+0.26
guide ;;: ~ 0
F ~ , s
Outerdia. of
Chrome
~· f
·0.058 Chrome-plated -0.32
exhaust
plating
.. c -0.078
-0.068
R2=0.058 R2=0.32
- 0.102
-0.35
valve Nimonic
~ CJ (
R
¢ 14
-0.088 Nimonic
R3=0.068 R3=0.35
lit Jgr,
Inner dia. of exhaust +0.024
~/
- 0.112 +0.28
valve guide 0
;~
Inner dia. of valve +0.080 +0.18
E bridge Ol 7G'S2-00X
+0.060 S=0.014
rn ¢16 S=0.2
'2 - 0.052
m Outer dia. of valve +0.046
s: ·0.18
o bridge guide +0.028
Q)
~ Margin thickness of in.I 4.3
Q)
> ex. valve poppet part :]] T=4.7 ± 0.1 - -
+0.03 +0.2
Inner dia. of swing arm +0.01 X=0.010
¢40 X=0.2
- 0.069
Outer dia. of swing arm 0 -0.1
~ ·0.039
shaft 011655-00X.
VANMAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Assembly Adjustment Values
Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts 00-09a-OO 6/6
(Unit: mm)
Dimension St'd Max.
Clearance Usage
Item Sketch Allowable Limit of
Normal Tolerance Assembling Clear-
Time ance Parts
-,
ti')
- 6 Z=0.5
E Width of camshaft thrust +0.11 - 0.310
as -
0 collar housing - '-'
0.05
Outer dia. of camshaft -0.072
-0.17
intermediate part 017'56 -ecx -0.107 a=0.072
</> 120 a=0.3
Inner dia. of camshaft +0.090 - 0.197
+0.17
intermediate part bearing 0
Outer dia. of lub. oil -0.040
pump shaft -0.053 b=0.040
-
¢30 b=0.2
f-
Inner dia. of lub. oil +0.021 - 0.074
0 +0.15
a. pump shaft bush c
E:::,
a. Inner dia. of pump case
Jl~,--------
·I---
l
t I -..;
r:r---
+0.046
0 c=0.200
-
¢72 c=0.3
·5
Outer dia. of pump gear
1-11-I ---------·
- ---It:: -0.200 - 0.296
-
.0
:::, n1 I I t: -0.250
-'
Width of pump case ~6
d
l +0.046
0 d=0.060
-
0176S7-00X
d=0.18
-0.060 -0.136
Width of pump gear
-0.090 -
Outer dia. of impeller -0.13
a. boss -'= e ~~' -0.18 -0.6
E
:::,
---......~.
---.~~· IJ..,
D..
-
....
Q)
·~~ . e=0.780
¢94 e=1.60
~ Inner dia. of pump +0.69 - 0.870
O>
.5 casing ~: ~\ 0.65
+1.0
8
0
. \~r
Ol'7'51•00X
r-a~
Outer dia. of pump shaft -0.020
-0.041 -0.1
b=0.020
</> 25 b=0.2
+0.021 - 0.062
a. Inner dia. of pump shaft bush 0 +0.1
E:::, b
'
+0.025
-I -
Q. Inner dia. of pump case
t 0 c=0.080
-
"O
Q) """' ¢48 -
' p1c
Q) I -0.080 - 0.130
LL Outer dia. of pump gear -
Q)
:::,
LL
Width of pump case
6~ 1
-0.105
+0.018
d=0.1 - 0.2 -
d D1'6S9·00X 12
0
(Liquid pack- -
-0.016
Width of pump gear
-0.034 ing ~ 0.02) -
YANMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Table of Tightening Torques of Major Bolt & Nuts 00-1 Oa-00 1 /3
(1) Unless otherwise specified, apply lub.oil on the thread and bearing surface, and then tightening a bolt
or nut.
(2) On the parts prefixed with a star ( *) in the following tables, a match mark is stamped. However,
when tightening any of these parts, do not refer to the match mark but tighten it to the specified
torque, specified tightening angle or specified hydraulic pressure.
* Main bearing cap tightening nut M33 x 2.0 Round 58.8 ± 0.5
(1) Before tightening a connecting rod bolt, apply the Protec grease on its bearing surface and lub.oil on
its thread.
(2) Tighten a bolt to the seating tightening torque, then tighten it to the specified angle.
Seating Specified
Face-to-Face
Screw Dia. Tightening Tightening
Part Description Width of Remarks
x Pitch Torque Angle
Bolt/Nut (mm)
N-m (deg.)
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Table of Tightening Torques of Major Bolt & Nuts 00-1 Oa-00 2/3
o~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3. Other Major Bolts (Torque Tightening)
(1) Before tightening a flywheel clamping bolt or fuel injection valve nozzle sleeve, apply Protec grease
on its thread and bearing surface.
(2) Before tightening a camshaft coupling nut, apply seizure inhibitor (Three-Bond 1910 or its equivalent}
on its thread and bearing surface.
(3) The parts prefixed with an asterisk (*) in the following table are provided with an exclusive tool,
respectively.
(4) Be sure to tighten a part with a torque wrench to the specified torque.
4. General Bolts
(1) Tighten any bolts other than the major ones according to the following table.
(2) Tighten a part whose clamping section is made of aluminum, tighten it to 80% of the torque shown in
the following table.
(3) The following table is applicable only to the bolts whose Part No. (an 11-digit numeral) shown in the
attached Parts List consists of 2 at its first place and 2, 5 or 6 at its fifth place.
M6 x 1.0 10 10 - 12
MS x 1.25 13 24- 27
MS x 1.25 14 17 - 20 3
M18 x 1.5 24 69 - 78 12
YAN MAR
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 PrincipalDimensions& Mass for Disassembly& Servicing 00-11a-OO 1/2
-
Cylinder Center
I
Exh. Manifold
I
O Lt)
Lf) .-
.-
.-
.-
.-
___ JL ·/!-;
Camshaft Center i
'
L
Turning Bar
Crankshaft Center I
!---- 1400
N
.-
~~~~: ·-·-r ~
0 (IC)
N g Turbochager N
N
,-.... Cl)
.-
- -·-·-·-·-·-·-·l·-·-·
Camshaft (Split in Two)
___;\ I I I
Cooling Water Pump
678 _J \
Fuel Feed Pump --\ No.6 Cyl. Center
707
---1374 '
{'M'e1~cretild<: 1gJ : 0\7660-001
YANMAA
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 Principal Dimensions& Mass for Disassembly& Servicing 00-11a-OO 2/2
( 1) When hoisting a part, use rope and lifting gear and hook that can withstand the can withstand the
weight of the part.
(2) When disassembling any of the parts prefixed with an asterisk (*) in the following table, use the
attached exclusive tool.
[Unit: kg]
Part Description Mass Remarks
* Cylinder head 105
* Piston & connecting rod assy. 42
* Cylinder liner 40
* Air cooler 300 Include the casing
Lub. oil cooler 106
Turbocharger 140
Fuel feed pump 16
Lub. oil pump 25
Cooling water pump 35
Air motor 18
Camshaft (split in two) 41 x 2
Camshaft driving gear 17
Intermediate gear assy. 20
* Exhaust manifold cover 45
* Main bearing cap 22
Anti-flywheel end gear case 73
Cylinder block 1,604
Crankshaft 852 Include the balance weight
Flywheel 738 Include ring gear
2008.4.17R YANMAR
6EY101AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Basic Descriptions No. Page
00 SI Unit Conversion Table 00-13a-OO 1/1
Conversion values between the international unit system {SI) and the metric unit system are shown below:
1)Power
Conversion Example
N kgf
1 N=0.101972kgf
1 0.101972 1 kgf=9 .80665N
9.80665 1
N·m kgf • m
1 0.101972
9.80665 1
3) Pressure
4) Work, Energy
kW PS
1 1.3596
0.7355 1
YANMAA
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Boss
~ Filter [)t(} Sluice valve
~
Centrifugal filter ~ Screwed check valve -,Jr- Orifice
AUTO
~ Automatic backwash filter ~ Swing check valve _Q Expansion joint
@ Oil signal ~
Automatic temp.
regulatinq valve _El_ Safety plate
I e
---
Grazed level gauge Safety valve Accumulator
~
@ Pressure switch ~ Solenoid valve Capillary tube
Remarks:
The black valve (glove valve, angle valve and needle valve) show the valve closed constantly.
t*l : Opened constantly
.,i.. : Closed constantly
VANMAR
&EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Operational Preparation 00-21a-OO 1/5
Before the initial start of the engine after its installation or before its restart after its overhaul servicing or
a long term stoppage, sufficiently perform the following inspection and operation preparation in addition
to daily inspection and operational preparation, and make sure there is no abnormality and the opera-
tional preparation has completed.
(1) Make sure no part nor tool has been left in the crankcase.
(2) Check for a part not tightened yet.
(3) If you have disassembled the valve mechanism, check the suction/exhaust valve head clearance.
(4) Operate the lubricating oil priming pump, and open the pressure indicator cocks of all the cylinders.
While turning the flywheel, make sure the lubricating oil is dropping from each part of the valve rocker
arm shafts, piston pins, crankpins, main bearings and swing arms.
(5) Bleed the air from the lubricating oil strainer.
(6) Bleed the air from the fuel oil filter and inlet pipe of fuel injection pump.
(7) Manually lubricate the governor link, and make sure it moves smoothly.
1. Turning
&WARNING~---------------------
Be careful not to allow your body to make contact with a moving part while turning the flywheel. (Never
put your hand into the crankcase.)
Set back the turning gear to the GEAR OUT position and set the stopper in the groove. Fasten the set
bolt and set the lock bar.
Unless the turning gear is the GEAR OUT position, the turning gear engagement/disengagement switch
actuates to disable starting. (optional spec)
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Operational Preparation 00-21a-OO 2/5
--0
Remove the top cover and
Supply oil to 2 to 3 mm above
the center of oil level gauge
Governor
------~-
Drain Plug
(2) Check the properties of lubricating oil; and if it is considerably contaminated or deteriorated, change it.
• Keep the control power supply for the motor-operated priming pump of this engine switched ON
always.
• Switch OFF the said power supply in a long-term stoppage of the ship and in a rest and maintenance
servicing of the power installation.
After priming has stopped for two hours or longer, perform priming for about 20 minutes or longer.
• If any of the following items arises, start the engine after bleeding air from the lub. oil cooler, operate
the priming pump. ·
• After priming has stopped for two hours or longer.
• After disassembling & cleaning the lub. oil strainer.
• After changing the lub. oil or disassembling the piping parts of lubricating oil system.
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Operational Preparation 00-21a-OO 3/5
I The piping parts of fuel oil system are banded with red coating. I
(1) Drain the fuel oil tank and fuel oil filter.
(2) Supply the fuel oil into the fuel oil tank, and check the fuel oil amount. Then, open or close each valve
according to the operation conditions.
(3) Bleed air from the fuel oil system.
(4) You use an engine of marine diesel oil (M.F.O.) start/stop specifications, tum on the heater for the
heavy fuel oil (H.F.O.) pipe line, and continue heating the H.F.O. until its viscosity becomes proper.
If you use an engine of heavy fuel oil (H.F.O.) start/stop specifications, make sure the fuel oil tempera-
ture (viscosity) at the engine inlet is proper.
After engine installation, long-term stoppage or overhaul of the engine, bleed air from the fuel oil system by
the following procedures.
(1) Open the bypass valve of the fuel feed pump. Fig. 00-21-2 Fuel Injection Pump
(Fully turn the bypass handle counterclockwise.)
(2) Open the air bleed cock of fuel oil filter to bleed air.
(3) Loosen the air bleed plugs on the fuel injection pump.
Air Bleed Plug
(Two places)
(4) Loosen the air plug of the fuel piping to bleed.
(5) Close the bypass valve.
(Fully turn the bypass handle clockwise.)
011741-00R
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Operational Preparation 00-21a-00 4/5
The piping parts of fresh water system are banded with blue coating and that of sea water system are
banded with green coating.
(1) Inspect the cooling water tank, and check whether the cooling water is not contaminated. If the cooling
water is contaminated considerably, change it.
(2) Supply the cooling water to the upper limit of water level gauge, and add a proper amount of rust inhibitor.
When you have replaced the cylinder liner or drawn it out for servicing, remove the cylinder side cover
and make sure no water leaks inside cylinder.
VAN MAR
&EYl&lAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Operational Preparation 00-21a-OO 5/5
The piping parts of starting air system are banded with white coating.
After replacing or servicing the governor and/or fuel injection pump, check that coupling of the linkage is
not wrong.
2) Protective devices
(1) Check that the turning gear is in the GEAR OUT setting.
(2) Set the power switches of protective and alarm devices to the ON position
Unless the power switches are set in the ON position, the protective and alarm devices do not actuate.
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Starting 00-22a-OO 1/3
&CAUTION 1-----------------------
During start operation, do not bring your face close to the air motor. Dust adhered at the exhaust port of
air motor may enter your eye, resulting in injury.
If a large amount of fuel oil, cooling water or lubricating oil should be entrapped in cylinders, "water ham-
mering" may occur.
Perform air running by the following procedures, and make sure there is no abnormality. Then, start the
engine by the alarm panel on the engine side.
• Set the ENGINE/REMOTE operation selector switch in the ENGINE position.
• Open the pressure indicator cocks of all the cylinders.
• Set the start/stop lever in the STOP position.
• Hold the START switch pressing for 2 to 3 seconds to effect air running.
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Starting 00-22a-OO 2/3
Start Switch
r-
Speed Control Shaft
~
Tenninal Shaft
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Starting 00-22a-OO 3/3
If the engine cannot be properly started, unburnt combustion gas in the flue may be ignited, resulting in
explosion. Therefore, perform air running to discharge the gas from the exhaust gas system before
attempting to restart the engine.
Make sure the flywheel has completely stopped, and then press the START switch.
Viewedfrom A------
Emergency
Manual Button
Use starting manual switch only in emergency, because the air motor may rotate excessively as the con-
trol module is not in operation i this case.
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Running 00-23a-OO 1 /2
During a Run
• Keep watching the pressure and temperature or check for unusual sound and abnormal heat buildup.
• Check whether the engine fully shows its proper performances and record the check results. (Refer to
the Records of Shop Trial, then record the check results on the Engine Log.)
• If any abnormality is detected, immediately stop the engine and repair it.
[,ll
• During running and immediately after the engine has stopped, the whole engine is
heated. Therefore. take care not to get burnt.
• Take care not to allow your hands, body and clothing to make contact with the turbo-
charger, exhaust manifold, exhaust pipe and/or engine as whole.
[i]
• Put an ear protection in engine-room during running, because can cause hearing loss.
o During a run and immediately after the engine stop, never touch the following parts with bare hands.
Otherwise, you may get burnt.
• Turbocharger, Exhaust pipe system, Boost air pipe system, Indicator cock
• Flue and funnel
o During a run, never touch any moving part. Otherwise, you may be caught in, resulting in injury.
o Take care that the room does not fall short of the air (oxygen) because the turbocharger takes in
a great volume of air.
VAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Running 00-23a-OO 2/2
The critical speed that may cause torsional vibration is within the normal rotation speed range, quickly
avoid it.
(1) Run the engine for about 10 minutes at low load to warm it up.
(2) If you continue running the engine with a low load for longer than three hours, observe the following load
factors, otherwise combustion worsens and fouling of the combustion chamber, exhaust pipe, turbo-
charger, etc. becomes heavy.
If fuel oil used the marine diesel oil (M.0.0.), run the engine at 15% or higher load factor.
(3) In the case of a high humidity, this is not abnormal although much drain may be produced as the mois-
ture in the air is condensed.
In this case, run the engine as the drain cock of the boost air cooler kept opened.
(4) Measure the running performance once a day and record the measurement data.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Stopping 00-24a-OO 1 /3
Ii I
• Except in case of emergency, keep running the engine without load after load shutoff.
• Keep the engine ready for being started up.
• Promptly repair the points that have been troubling during a run.
• Do not open the side cover of crankcase for at least 10 minutes after having stopped the
engine. Otherwise, the entry of external air may result in explosion.
I ml11fi I Take care not to allow your hands, body and clothing to make contact with the turbo-
charger, exhaust manifold, exhaust pipe and engine as a whole.
• If you attempt to drain oil while the engine is still hot, take care not to get burnt with splash
of oil.
• If you disassemble the cooling water system while the engine is still hot, vapor or hot
water may blow out, causing you to get burnt.
Wait until the engine becomes cool, then wrap the disassembling part with cloth or the
like and slowly loosen it.
As the reference, continue running the engine on the marine diesel oil (M.D.0.} for more than 15 minutes
before stopping the engine. However, since the required time depends upon the load applied when the
fuel oil is switched over and the capacity of pipes in the vessel, consult the dockyard where the engine
has been installed.
2) Stopping operation
(1) Set the start/stop lever in the STOP position.
(2) Run the lubricating oil priming pump for 15 minutes or more to piston and turbocharger.
(3) Open the pressure indicator cock, and perform air running to discharge the as from the combustion
chambers.
(4) Open or close the valves of each system according to the stopping conditions.
When the cooling water may be frozen under cold weather, or before a long term stoppage, drain the
cooling water from the cylinder jacket side and cooler side.
YANMAA
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Stopping 00-24a-OO 2/3
2. Emergency Stop
If any of the following problems arises, immediately set the start/stop lever in the STOP position to stop the engine.
If the engine is not stopped by setting the start/stop lever in the STOP position or pressing the STOP
switch, close the fuel oil inlet valve.
&wARNING...-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--
Do not open the side cover of crankcase for at least 10 minutes after having stopped the engine.
Entry of fresh air into the engine may cause ignition of oil mist, resulting in explosion.
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Operation No. Page
00 Stopping 00-24a-OO 3/3
If you have stopped the engine while it is running on the heavy fuel oil (H.F.O.), immediately discharger the
H.F.O.from the fuel oil pipes, and fuel injection pumps, and displace them with marine diesel oil (M.0.0.).
If the residual H.F.O. is cooled and its viscosity rises, it becomes impossible to restart the engine.
(1) Set the fuel oil changeover valves at the engine inlet and outlet to the marine diesel oil (M.D.O.) position.
(2) Open the bypass valve of fuel feed pump.
(3) Open the drain cock of fuel oil filter and drain valve of fuel oil main pipe.
(4) Turn the flywheel to discharge the H.F.O. from the fuel injection pipes and fuel injection valves.
(Set the start/stop lever in the RUN position, and tum the flywheel under the fuel injection status.)
Dl'Hi62-00£
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Engine Performance No. Page
00 Data Sheet 00-33a-OO 1 /2
MN
Engine Model Eng. No. E/# Fuel Oil
Kinematics
Type ofT/C Turbo. S/# Viscosity
-... oc
Cl)
:::, No.1 cyl
~ oc
Cl) No.2 cyl
a.
E
Cylinder No.3 cyl oc
~
Cooling Outlet oc
No.4 cyl
Water
No.5 cyl oc
No.6 cyl oc
Lub. Oil Cooler Inlet oc
Air Cooler Inlet oc
Air Cooler Outlet oc
LO Cooler Inlet oc
Lub. Oil
Engine Inlet oc
Boost Air Cylinder Inlet oc
Fuel Oil Engine Inlet oc
YAIIMAA
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Engine Performance No. Page
00 Data Sheet 00-33a-00 2/2
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
No. Page
00 Trouble shooting & Countermeasures 00-41a-00 1 I4
The causes of abnormalities and troubles are diverse, and they break out from compsite factors.
Catching a change in running performance and referring to the record of maintenance and servicing date
and the history of part replacement, locate the cause early and take the proper countermeasures.
1. Starting Failure
1 ) Flywheel not turned
Cause Countermeasure
( 1) Starting air pressure insufficient Fill the starting air tank with air.
(2) Malfunction of air motor
1 .Voltage drop of air motor battery Charge the battery.
2.Malfunction of air motor pilot solenoid valve Press the manual starting push button to start the engine.
(3) Engagement I disengagement switch actuated. Set the start I stop lever at the RUN positon.
(Start I stop lever set in the STOP position)
(4) Too high viscosity of lubricating oil Warm up the engine.
(5) Seizure of moving part
1.Seizure of piston and cylinder liner Check and repair the piston and cylinder liner,
or replace them.
2.Seizure of main bearing and I or camshaft bearing Check and repair the pertinent main bearing or
camshaft or camshaft bearing, or replace it.
YAN MAR
GEYIO!A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
No. Page
00 Trouble shooting & Countermeasures 00-41 a-00 2/4
3. Output of Each Cylinder not in Uniformity. (Dispersion of the maximum combustion pressure and .A
exhaust temperature is large among cylinders.) •
Cause Countermeasure
( 1) Air mixed in fuel oil pipe system Check and repair the fuel oil pipe system, then
bleed air.
(2) Moisture content in fuel oil Drain the filter, tank, etc.
(3) Fuel injection volume not in uniformity among cylinders
1.Nonuniform position of fuel injection pump racks Check the position of fuel injection pump racks,
then adjust it.
2.Sticking or wear of fuel injection pump plunger Check and repair the plunger, or replace it.
3.Defect of fuel injection valve Check and repair the valve, or replace it.
4.Looseness or damage of fuel injection pipe Check and repair the pipe, or replace it.
5.Sticking of intake I exhaust valve or damage of intake I Check and repair the pertinent valve or valve
exhaust valve seat seat, or replace it.
6.Damage of fuel cam, or damage of intake I exhaust cam Check the fuel cam or intake I exhaust cam,
then repair it, of replace it.
YANMAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
No. Page
00 Trouble shooting & Countermeasures 00-41 a-00 3/4
VAN MAR
6EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
No. Page
00 Trouble shooting & Countermeasures 00-41a-00 4/4
YAN MAR
6EY1B!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Quality Criteria of Fuel Oil 00-51a-OO 1/1
The properties of fuel oil applicable to this engine are shown in the following table.
The properties of fuel oil are uncertain and broadly ranged; thus they affect such factors as a smooth run of
the engine, maintenance interval and service life of parts. Consequently, it might be necessary to change the
specifications of engine or add attachment in accordance with the applied fuel oil.
Quality Criteria
Direct burning fuel oil --- 200sec.Oil 1,500sec.Oil 3,500sec.Oil 7,000sec.Oil
Quality criteria equivalent CIMAC --- CIMAC 810 CIMAC E25 CIMACG35 CIMAC H55
fuel oil BSI --- (M4) (M6) (M7) M9
JIS M.D.O I.F.O H.F.O.(heavy fuel oil)
What is CCAI?
CCAI stands for kalculation karbon aromaticity Jndex, which shows an ignitability index.
The index, in consideration of the relation between aromatic compound content in fuel oil and the ignit-
ability is used to obtain the aromaticity degree in relation with the fuel oil properties. The larger the CCAl
value, the larger the firing delay for inferior ignitability. In this case, the HFO direct starting is not possible
or exhaust color is aggravated due to faulty combustion.
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Calculation of CCAI 00-52a-OO 1 /1
v D CCAI
1 800 800
820 810
860
820
2 860
830
The smaller CCAI,
880 the better firing
840 and combustion
performance.
-:
900
850
20 The larger CCAI,
,.,/' the inferior firing
/ 860 performance.
40 .,., -- This will cause
.,., -- normal operation
,/-
.980 880
_.,.,,- '
/' 1000 890
.,.,,--
00 ,/-- 1020
.,.,,- 900
200"
1040
910
920
930
000
50000
(Example]
Obtaining CCAI of HFO with the viscosity of 380cSt @ S0°C and the density of 985 kg/m3
@ 15°C from the table above:
Draw a line from the viscosity (V) 380cSt to the density (0) 985 and extend the line to
CCAI column. The fuel oil CCAI in the present example is 846.
ou,22-ooB
VA II MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Quality Criteria of Blended Fuel Oil 00-53a-OO 1/1
In the case of using a highly viscose fuel oil by blending with marine diesel oil to lower the viscosity of fuel oil,
in addition to the case of direct burning of fuel oil set forth above for its pretreatment, apply the blending ratio
shown in the following table based on the quality criteria on the blended fuel oil, not based on the viscosity cri-
teria.
When blending fuel oil of different production origins, sludge may be separated out, resulting in clogging
of fuel oil filters and sticking of fuel injection pumps and fuel injection valves. Pay your attention to this
regard.
Blended fuel oil 200-sec. oil equivalent 1,500-sec. oil equivalent 3,500-sec. oil equivalent
VANMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Properties of Fuel Oil at the Engine Inlet 00-54a-OO 1 /1
Impurities contained in the heavy fuel oil (H.F.O.) may cause fuel injection pumps and fuel injection valves to
be damaged, cylinder liners to be excessively worn and exhaust valves and valve seats to be deteriorated.
Therefore, raise the cleaning effect of pretreatment system to the maximum extent, and also supply the fuel
oil heated to have the proper pressure and viscosity.
Residual oil of a catalytic cracking refining device is sometimes used for industrial low-cost, high-viscos-
ity fuel oil. In this residual oil, there remain fine particles of silica and alumina that are catalysts for this
device.
A low-cost, high-viscosity fuel oil which uses there bases will cause abnormal wear of piston rings, cylin-
der lines, fuel injection pumps, fuel injection valves, etc.
Therefore, use a low-cost, high-viscosity fuel oil treated of content less than 0.03 wt. % of ash, minimum
of silicon and aluminum and removed of all particles which exceed 3 - 5 u min size, utilizing the F.O.
treating apparatus.
Incidentally, the moisture content should be kept at less than 0.2 vol. %.
(2) Recommended viscosity and pressure of heavy fuel oil (H.F.O.) at engine inlet
Heating temperature: l1WJ 00-55 How to Find out the Heavy Fuel Oil Heating Temperature
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 How to Find out the Heavy Fuel Oil Heating Temperature 00-55a-OO 1 /1
Example: In the case of finding out the heating temperature of 700 mm2/s (at 50 °C ) fuel oil
Find the intersecting point CD corresponding to viscosity of 700 mm2/s and temperature of 50 °C on a
line ® standing for viscosity-temperature relation of 700 mm2/s (at 50 °c ) fuel oil.
On this line ®, locate a point corresponding to the recommend viscosity at the engine inlet, and then
draw a perpendicular® from this point to the axis of abscissa (x-axis).
The intersection of this perpendicular with the x-axis indicates the heating temperature required.
(In this case, the temperature is 150 °C .)
so·c
J
nAt lOO'F- M
sec)
200000
100000
50000 0000 e
20000 5000 ~
R. W. Ho. 1 100'F ' 3000
10000
(1.~oil
5000 " .....
1000
( J,500-sec.oil
-- G) ~~
- - -
2000 500
( 1,500--lec.oi I J8!hm¥1
300
--
1000 200
1~.
-
500
300 ~ ~ - .Jaa
/Od 100
75
-
:?!?it
~~
--
C ~.oil;- 200 50
40
..... ia;.~1',.,
- ......
u ,.
....
~ 30
~~~~ I"... -...... r-,
100
90 20
- ,,,,, - -
80 ~·
~
..,<.i ..70... I
,, u, 'IZI
.....
rr.
......
r. .,,, ,, •• .1§
"'
,...,, Reconrnended viscosity .,., ~/,
"/,I7/ r
...... 60
. . ... ~~ at engine inlet '/,I ,'/, :,'./. '/,/. Y'/, '/./.l'l,
'"" l'l'. ".X 171. f77, ~ 77. ... .........
·-
>,
36 4. 0
...
>,
"'0
0
' 0
0
"'
·-"'
> 3.0 >"'
@
32
2. 0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
I
1 oo' F (37. s c)
0 Engine inlet F.O. tf!l1JI
Te~erature (°C) Cl8923·00S
(1) Prepare a correct viscosity-temperature relation chart according to the properties of fuel oil existing at
the time of its delivery to you.
If the viscosity - temperature line corresponding to your applied fuel oil is not shown, enter the viscos-
ity and temperature of the applied fuel oil on the above chart, item from the intersecting point of the
entered data draw a line in parallel to the nearest drawn viscosity-temperature line, and find out the
heating temperature accordingly.
(2) Set the fuel heating temperature so that the fuel oil viscosity becomes 11 to 14 est (55 to 65 sec.) at
the engine inlet to allow some temperature drop in the piping system.
YAIIMAR
GEYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 How to Find out the Viscosity of Blended Oil 00-56a-OO 1/1
Example: In the case of finding out the viscosity of blending (R.W. No.1 at 100°F) 7,000-sec. heavy fuel oil (H.F.0.)
with (R.W. No.1 at 100°F) 40-sec. marine oil (M.D.O.) at the blending ratio of 70:30.
On the left y-axis (axis of ordinate) corresponding to 100% H.F.O., locate the point @corresponding to
the viscosity (7,000 sec.) of H.F.O.; on the right y-axis corresponding to 100% M.D.O., the point® corre-
sponding to the viscosity (40 sec.) of M.D.O. Now draw a straight line® to link both located points.
Then, locate the point® corresponding to the blending ratio of 70% H.F.O. and 30% M.D.O. on the axis
of abscissa (x-axis), and draw a perpendicular <D from the point® to the drawn straight line®, intersect-
ing at the point©. Finally, draw a horizontal line® from thus found intersecting point© to the left y-axis
to find out the viscosity of the blended oil. (In the case. the viscosity at 100°F is about 550 sec.)
L~lityftielOil C l
R.11. No. 1 at lOO'F ~ sec
9000
C 7,000sec.
5000 "' .....
-...
~ >AIWl
C 3.500sec.
3000 ... (cSt)
....
' <, ·-""' ...-
2000 .....
1500 ~
1000 c
700 .... .... ,, 150
( 550sec. - e .
"" r-, <«
v i sees i ty after 500 ....... »<
b lendirc
300
C 240sec.
200
<,
' , .... - 50
v i scos i ty after ..... '-
b lend ire '-
150 ..... <,
100 ""' r-,
....... r-, 20
r-..." -
80
~" ~
60
~
~
50
t\.
<D ~ lO.O.
~ ViSQISity
~ ~
.,
0
40
0 0 [7 -40 sec.
~ "' ....._
..., ..,"'
c"' (@
0 0
8 0
- -
U'")
b
0
,...: ..;
<;
-.,"'
35 I--
.....
0 0
.
CD
ci
z ci .., ci
iii ~ .... ~
.....,"'
s .... ::c: ::c:
.. .... .
,::;
0
N
..
.... "O "O N
>,
c: 0 c:
~
0
""
iii"'· ci "'
!"-. .. .
M
0 CZ) ci "'
u
<r c:i ci ,..
"")
>"' e
31
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 List of Lubricating Oil Brands 00-60a-OO 1/1
YANMAR MARINE
YANMAR
SUPER Oil 30, 40
--- ---
DAPHNE MARINE Oil DAPHNE MARINE Oil
IDEMITSU DAPHNE MARINE Oil MV30, 40 SA30, 40
KOSAN SX30, 40 DAPHNE MARINE OIL DAPHNE MARINE OIL
SW30,40 SH40
MCL 30, 40
CASTROL TLX Plus 203, 204 CASTROL TLX Plus 303, 304
CASTROL CASTROL MHP 153, 154
CASTROL TLX Plus 303, 304 CASTROL TLX Plus 403, 404
SEAMAX EXTRA 30, 40
DELO 3000 MARINE 30, 40
DELO 1000 MARINE OIL 30, 40 DELO 3400 MARINE 30, 40
ChevronTsxaco DELO 2000 MARINE OIL 30, 40
TARO 12 XO 30, 40
(FAMM, Caltex) TARO 20 DP 30, 40 TARO 30 DP 30, 40
TARO 16 XO 30, 40
TARO 40 XL 30, 40
JAPAN ENERGY JOMO MARINE D-13, 14 JOMO MARINE D-23, 24 JOMO MARINE D-33, 34
TOTAL Lubmarine JDISOLA M3015, 4015 AURELIA XL3030, 4030 AURELIA XL3040, 4040
FUJI KOSAN FUKKOL MARINE 312, 412 FUKKOL MARINE 320, 420 FUKKOL MARINE 330, 430
BP ENERGOL
BRITISH BP ENERGOL IC-HFX 303, 304
BP ENERGOL DS3-153, 154
PETROLEUM IC-HFX 203, 204 BP ENERGOL
IC-HFX 403, 404
NIPPON OIL MARINE T103, 104 MARINE T203, 204 MARINE T303, 304
VANMAII
GEYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Choosing of Lubricating Oil 00-59a-OO 1 /1
G)ln case of handling the lubricating oil inside the engine immediately after an engine stop, be careful not
to get burnt.
~ Should there be a possibility of lubricating oil to get in your eyes or to stick to your skin during handling
of lubricating oil, wear protectors such as safety goggles and rubber gloves.
@ If lubricating oil get in your eyes or stick to your skin, it might cause inflammation. In such case, flush
an affected region with clean water, and then consult a physician, if necessary.
@ Method of disposing waste oil has been provided for in the law. Dispose of waste oil properly accord-
ing to the pertinent law. In case you don't know what to do, inquire of your supplier of lubricating oil
about this matter, and dispose of waste oil accordingly.
1. Control Criteria
Conduct the property analysis of lub. oil used every 500 hours of engine run, and change or make up the lub.
oil as guided by control criteria set forth in the following table.
Item Unit Control Criteria Critical Value of Usage
Flash point (PM method) oc > 180 140
Change in viscosity mm2/s(40°C) Within new oil ± 15% New oil± 25%
Moisture content vol.% < 0.1 0.2
n-pentaneinsolublematter 2.0
mass.% < 1.5
(A method)
Toluene insolublematter 2.0
mass.% < 1.5
(A method)
Difference between
n-pentane and toluene mass.% - < 0.5
insoluble matters
HCI HCI04 HCI HCI04
~d
F method method method method
M.0.0. 3.0 6.0 1.0 4.0
Total base number mgKOH/g 200-sec.oil 5.0 10.0 3.0 7.0
1,500-sec.oil
12.0 18.0 10.0 15.0
3,500-sec.oil
7,000-sec.oil 12.0 18.0 10.0 15.0
Sample 500 cc of lub. oil at least from the drain plug of lub. oil strainer immediately after stopping the
engine for asking the analysis of lub. oil.
(2) Procuring a spot test kit to learn the remaining total base number, degree of contamination, cleanness dis-
persing qualities of lub. oil used, etc. as a simple way of criteria, make the most of using such a spot test kit.
(3) Should either of the aforementioned criteria be not possible, change the entire volume of lub. oil with the
new one at about 1,500 running hours in the case of constantly holding the oil volume of 1 ltr. /kW by
replenishing with the new oil.
VAIIMAR
l.
6EYIB(AJL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 List of Lubricating Oil Brands OO-GOa-00 1/1
YANMAR MARINE
YANMAR
SUPER OIL 30, 40
--- --
MCL 30, 40
CASTROL TLX Plus 203, 204 CASTROL TLX Plus 303, 304
CASTROL CASTROL MHP 153, 154 CASTROL TLX Plus 403, 404
CASTROL TLX Plus 303, 304
SEAMAX EXTRA 30, 40
COSMO OIL COSMO MARINESUPER 30, 40 COSMO MARINE 3025, 4025 COSMO MARINE 3040, 4040
FUJI KOSAN FUKKOL MARINE 312, 412 FUKKOL MARINE 320, 420 FUKKOL MARINE 330, 430
KYGNUS OIL KYGNUS MARINE DX 30, 40 KYGNUS MARINE DX 330, 340 ---
JAPAN JOMO MARINE D-33, 34
JOMO MARINE 0-13, 14 JOMO MARINE D-23, 24
ENERGY
NIPPON OIL MARINE T103, T104 MARINE T203, T204 . MARINE T303, T304
YANMAR
6EY18{AJL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil & Cooling Water No. Page
00 Selection and Control of Corrosion Inhibitor 00-63a-OO 1/1
(1) Add a corrosion inhibitor to cooling fresh water because use of fresh water causes a drop in strength of
parts and the cooling effect through corrosion of water chamber and adhering of scale.
(2) Select a corrosion inhibitor which does not have an adverse effect on parts of the cooling water system
because parts made of cast iron, carbon steel, brass and bronze, are used in the cooling water system of
an engine.
• In the case where aluminum materials are used in the cooling water system, consult the supplier of cor-
rosion inhibitor because a kind of corrosion inhibitor to be used differs in this case.
• As to the adding quantity of and concentration control on corrosion inhibitor and addition and handling of
supplementary adjuster, obey the criteria set by the supplier of corrosion inhibitor.
• In the case where the concentration of corrosion inhibitor could not be controlled. annually change the
cooling water by the total volume.
Lt:PAUTION
CD Do not dump cooling water to which the corrosion inhibitor was added directly to the ocean or river.
Since the method of treating the waste liquor has been provided for in the law, such liquid has to be
treated according to instructions given by the supplier of corrosion inhibitor.
® Do not mix different brands of corrosion inhibitor. (In the case where mixing of different brands of cor-
rosion inhibitor is unavoidable, consult the suppliers of corrosion inhibitor.
@ A corrosion inhibitor is chemical for industrial water treatment use: do not use it in the drinking water line.
@When handling, wear rubber gloves and gauze mask to avoid direct contact with hands or other parts
of the body.
@ If the chemical accidentally comes in contact with skin, eyes or mouth, wash out thoroughly with fresh
water. If the problem persists, consult a doctor.
• In the case where the cooling water system is of the enclosed circuit specification, consult the supplier of
corrosion inhibitor because some brands drop in the concentration of corrosion inhibitor early.
• Notice a corrosion inhibitor which doubles as an anti-freeze has a low thermal conductivity and may be
overheated during a load running.
• In the case where aluminum materials are in the cooling water system, use a brand of corrosion inhibitor
asterisked above.
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Measurement of Running Performance No. Page
00 Precaution on MeasuringPerformance& Measure Items 00-91a-OO 1/1
* Keep watching the pressure and temperature or check for unusual sound and abnormal heat buildup.
* Check whether the engine fully shows its proper performance and record the check results.
(Refer to the Records of Shop Trial, then record the results on the Engine Log.)
Refer to the following items since the engine performance vary according to the room temperature, water
temperature, conditions of load, etc.
(1) The dispersion of the maximum combustion pressure (Pmax) among cylinders is normal if it is within
O.SMPa.
• Pmax may rise considerably as depended on properties of fuel oil. However, in any case, run the engine
to keep Pmax below 19MPa.
• Relation between the Pmax and the boost air temperature.
If the room temperature rises, Pmax falls; conversely, if the room temperature drops, Pmax rises.
There is a tendency of Pmax 0.1 MPa against the room temperature change 3 De .
(2) Exhaust gas temperature refers to the corresponding temperature recorded in the Transfer Trial.
• The dispersion of the exhaust gas temperature among the respective cylinder outlet is normal if it is
within 40 DC .
Even if this temperature is found not uniform among cylinders, it is unnecessary to force revising this
non-uniformity if the fuel injection volume and Pmax are found uniform among cylinders.
• Relation between the room temperature and the exhaust gas temperature
The exhaust gas temperature varies at the rate of about twice the room temperature change. Neverthe-
less, use the engine within the limit values, maintaining the good servicing of the engine. etc. and reduc-
ing the load because fouling of turbocharger and suction/exhaust passage, exhaust pressure, properties
of fuel oil, etc. may influence this relation.
YAIIMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Measurement of Running Performance No. Page
00 Measurement of Running Performance 00-92a-OO 1 /2
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Measurement of Running Performance No. Page
00 Measurement of Running Performance 00-92a-OO 2/2
Operation Side
(Fuel injection pump side)
Non-Operation Side
(Exh. manifold side)
13
VAN MAR
&EY18(AJL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Measurement of Running Performance No. Page
00 Measurement of Max. Combustion Pressure 00-93a-OO 1/1
• Wear gloves when taking a measurement because the pressure indicator becomes hot.
• Take care not to burnt; as indicator cocks become hot when opened.
Valve
017"S-008
(2) Open the valve of pressure indicator cock with use of pressure indicator cock turning handle <D, and
lightly race/rev up the engine for two to three times.(For prevention of dust and foreign matter from
intruding into pressure indicator)
(3) Attach the pressure indicator®, and close its exhaust valve@.
(4) Be sure to fully open (do not open halfway) the valve of pressure indicator cock with the use of turning
handle, and close the indicator cock when the pressure becomes the highest.
(5) After reading out the Pmax, open the exhaust valve of pressure indicator.
(6) Detach the pressure indicator when its needle shows O MPa.
(When the pressure indicator cock is found hard to loosen, use the turning handle.)
(1)Should the dispersion in Pmax among cylinders exceed 0.5Mpa, adjust it with the injection timing of
within 1°
(2) Should the Pmax exceed its limiting value, adjust the injection timing upon examining the engine per-
formances
YAN MAR
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner
GEYIBlAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Outline 01-01a-OO 1/1
1. Cylinder block
The cylinder block is made of a cast iron, and main bearing cap is suspended type.
It has a dual wall construction that can handle very high combustion pressures effectively.
The cylinder block houses the cam case, boost air chamber, cooling water and lubricating oil passages.
This is effective not only in minimizing the external plumbing (for a simpler external appearance), but also in
making the maintenance, inspection and handling of the engine easier.
2. Cylinder liner
The cylinder liner is a wet liner, and is made of a special cast iron that has superior wear-resistant character-
istics. The flange of liner is a high strength design with thick walls able to withstand the high combustion pres-
sures and the inner surface of liner has a honed finish.
An anti-polishing ring is installed at the upper end of the liner to prevent carbon buildup and thus preventing
wearing of the liner.
Piston-----
017'J16-00E
YANMAR
&EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Overhauling the Cylinder Block 01-02a-OO 1/1
Servicing
Excluding some special cases, such as a burned out crankshaft, the cylinder block does not normally need to
be removed.
When the cylinder head, piston, cylinder liner, etc., are removed, perform the following checks and services:
J Studtorque:196·~~N·m I
• Install the 0-ring on the stud and then apply white paint.
(2) Clean the boost air chamber. If the rust preventive paint applied on the inner surface has worn away,
repaint it. (Epoxy resin paint: Nippon Paint's Hi-Pon 50, or equivalent)
(3) Clean the water jacket and cylinder liner holes in cylinder block, and check for corrosion.
If any of the main bearings has been burned, measure the size of the main bearing cap hole.
Straightness: 0.03 mm or less deviation in 1 mm of length
Roundness: 0.02 mm or less
VANMAA
6EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Overhauling the Cylinder Liner 01-03a-OO 1 /4
Cylinderliner
• Periodically measure the inner diameter of the cylinder liner because the amount of wear on the inner
surface of the cylinder liner varies, according to the level of control of the lubricating oil used, the cooling
water temperature and the normal working load.
Measure the inner diameter of the cylinder liner while it is still in the cylinder block,
and with use of the inner diameter position measuring implement (P/#: 4211-002930)
• Remove the cylinder liner periodically and check for corrosion because the cooling water may cause
corrosion in the cylinder liner water jacket and corrode the outer surface of the cylinder liner.
1) Disassembly preparation
( 1) Prepare the following special tools:
No. Special Tool Description Part No.
CD Spacer 139653-92040
(2) When removing the cylinder liner, cover the crankshaft with a sheet or protective cloth to prevent water
or foreign material from sticking to it.
VAIIMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Overhauling the CylinderLiner 01-03a-OO 2/4
2) Disassembly
Remove the cylinder liner as follows:
(1) Attach the special tools in the ascending order of the number in the drawing, shown in Fig. 01-03-1.
Attach the aforementioned liner upper removal device Cg) and the lower removal device ® so that their
respective stepped parts face the inner diameter side of the cylinder liner, and the lower removal device
® in the direction of crankshaft.
@
@
.---'!rt:::~*ir-~@
®
....11-~~~ ~~~-1.1:~~-G)
(2) Adjust the bolt 3 so that it protrudes below the bottom of the lower removal device 6 about 60 mm. Lock
the bolt@with the lock nut@.
(3) While supporting the cylinder liner to prevent it from making contact with the cylinder, tighten the nut@ .
(4) Fit the cylinder liner in stepped part on the lower side of the upper removal device Cg), and lock the cylin-
der liner with the drawing-out tools.
(5) Attach a wire rope to the upper removal device ® , and lift the cylinder liner.
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Overhauling the Cylinder Liner 01-03a-OO 3/4
Do not use sandpaper, a wire brush, or anything scratchy when cleaning the outer surface of the cylinder
liner. Otherwise, the heat-treated layer on the surface will be removed, leading to rust and corrosion.
(1} If the measurement of the inner diameter of the cylinder liner exceeds the wear limit or if the measured
value is likely to reach the wear limit before the next service cycle, replace the cylinder liner.
(2} Check for signs of seizures, streaks or corrosion on the sliding surface of the cylinder liner.
(3) Perform a dye check on the rounded part of collar of the cylinder liner to look for cracks.
(4) Check for corrosion and wear in the part of the cylinder liner that mates with the cylinder block.
4} Reassembly
(1} Replace the 0-rings for the cylinder liner. Apply lubricating oil or silicone oil to the new 0-rings and
install them. Then, eliminate any torsion from the 0-rings.
Before installing the 0-rings, stretch them to check whether any cracks have developed on their surface
due to changes in temperature or humidity, which might have occurred while they were stored.
(2} Just before installing the cylinder liner, apply silicone-based liquid packing (Three-Bond 1211, or equiv-
alent) to the upper section of cylinder block. Also apply lubricating oil to the mating surfaces of the cylin-
der liner and block.
Liquid Packing
Lubrication Oil
YANMAA
&EYIS(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Block & Cylinder Liner No. Page
01 Overhauling the CylinderLiner 01-03a-OO 4/4
(3) Attach special tools ® - @ to the cylinder liner. Then, align the zero mark on the cylinder liner with the
punch mark on the cylinder block. Install the cylinder liner into the cylinder block.
(Do not use the spacer CD when installing the liner.)
After overhauling or servicing the cylinder liner, check for water leaks around the 0-rings when filling the
water tank with cooling water and while test running the engine.
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlOO~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
6 @)
s-----e
3 6----0
53
55
56 37
3 41
49
1 0
~ ... -.
\ \ 63
616 2
52
7
[:
1 7 18 4
~
& 7 51'
OPPOSITE
*1'SIDE
-JL,ffl
OF FLYWHEEL
( 1)
019~53-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tmOOl&t&filtBJlit Operation Manual M46623
.lW
No
1
l,,I\JI,
Level
1
"li-'I
Order
!lldtiffi~
Part No.
746623-01560
Wdti~~
BLOCK, CYLINDER
A
1
B
1
-~
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 BAL
1lHt Q'ty
Re11arks
VANMAR
GEYIO(AlL flfV]~~&fillflJl~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
GEYIBIAlL Ul~l&t&~flJli: Operation Manual M46623
t- I)/?~ f:td/1C/Itl,~ No. Page
Q1 · ~ IJ ~ ~ J r:J ':J 'J & -::, ;{ T
-~
01-51a-00 4/4
Parts List of Cylinder Block & Liner
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL ~R!Jl&t&~Eljf!} Operation Manual M46623
;/ I) /~'Ef:t!/ll/1,:,'j,if No. Page
01 ~ 1) ~1f llJ,S,t=
01-52a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Cylinder Side Cover
Ji 7 5-1' *-(-Jl,ffllJ
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
W/0 OJLLING
t::?
7 5-1' *-(-JL,ffltl
FLYWHEEL SIDE 4
5 019454-00X
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL t\!Mlfil&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL ti!fM!lfX!&fillBJlffl: Operation Manual M46623
f;/ IJ / ?'~ l*l/1I/Mail No. Page
01 ~·J ~~11,S,t=. ( IJ 1J-?1<JL,~)
01-53a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Cylinder Side Cover (Relief Valve)
01945S-OOX
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL tlOO~~&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
2 2 x 146673-01431 ~ ') '..I'/') 'J 7 t;. ( ') ') - ? COVER. CYLINDER SIDE 2 2
3 2 146673-01411 1\';J=t-:.,, (CY L 'J? 71;. GASKET. SIDE COVER 2 2
4 1 142613-03541 l\'.1~/ (I) 1)-7 V GASKET. VALVE 2 2
5 1 153623-03750 1) 1) - 7 I \JI, "J CM P VALVE ASSY. RELIEF 2 2
6 2 153623-03500 I \)I, "j ~ - t,. ~? ~ SEAT, VALVE 2 2
7 3 x 153623-03510 J\JL,"j~- t,.*;.,'} 1 BODY. VALVE SEAT 2 2
8 3 153623-03520 /\)L,"j~- t,.,,•;1;\=-;., PACKING, VALVE SEAT 2 2
9 2 153623-03530 1)1)-71\)L,"j VALVE, RELi EF 2 2
10 2 153623-03540 -JJ,,- (1) 1)-71\)L,"j COVER, RELIEF VALVE 2 2
11 2 138613-03550 ...{;_,I \-1, SPRING . RELi EF VALVE 2 2
12 2 153623-03550 Al'{-~ ( 1) 1)-71,JL,1 SPACER, RELIEF VALVE 12 12
13 2 22212-080000 ''* -+f-Jj;t, 8 WASHER. 8 12 12
14 2 26206-080302 ;f-JL, t- 8 x 3 0 BOLT. 8 X 30 12 12
15 1 22137-160000 -+fjj;t, (~-Jj;\:- 1 6 WASHER. 16 8 8
16 1 23414-080000 l\'.1-=t-'..I ("?JI, 8 x 1. 0 GASKET. 8 X 1.0 12 12
17 1 26152-160352 if.JI, t- (* ') 1 6 x 35 BOLT, 16 X 35 4 4
18 1 26232-160352 r'.,I:::i~;j;J~~ (;j;');j;') 16X35 STUD.BOLT 16 X 35 4 4
19 1 26450-080252 61.J?7t-if-JL, t- 8 x25 BOLT. 8 X 25 12 12
20 1 26732-160002 + ·;n- ( * ') ,6 NUT, 16 4 4
YANMAR
&EY18!AlL ti™UBlt.&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
::,, 'J / ~~ {;tlfllfJll,6 No. Page
01 ~ •J :..,1f'fflU,S,t= < 1J 1J =» ,~Jv :1 > <tafi>
01-53b-OO 1/2
Parts List of Cylinder Side Cover (Relief Valve)
MU!lffi~
OPERATION SIDE
*-< - Jl,fflll
& 7 5 -(
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
ou,s,-oox
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tl~mit&filtBA~ Operation Manual M46623
~It
No
1
l,,l'\JL,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
$~jf.fi}
Part No.
146674-01401
!11~ :g '1'Ji
B
2
-~
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY1 SAL
Ill!!
Remarks
YANMAR
&EYIO(AlL t\!Ml&t&filtBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
01 ~-\'17-A
01-54a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Gear Case
19
12
019457-00X
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL ~00:tnit&filiBJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
01 ;\!~Jr-:).. 2/2
01-54a-OO
Parts List of Gear Case
§!1:1:l
No
1
L,I'\)~
Level
1
t-'I
Order
86~-~
Part No.
146623-01500 ~~7-°A
an~ti~ Part Name
GEAR CASE
A: 6EY18L 8: 6EY18AL
ill!l Q'ty
A
1
8
1
-~
Re111arks
YIINMIIA
GEYIB!AlL U!HWlflH&mflJH! Operation Manual M46623
::,; I) ~ ~ 's:{;t .ill .ill,:fl, ii No. Page
01 nbW 1.J ( ? 7,( *,(-Jt.,fflU)
O 1-56a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Oi I Sealing (SFW)
7
? ';;-( *-f'-Jl,ffllJ
FLYWHEEL SIDE
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~1ilJSl1&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
YAN MAR
&EY10(AJL t!Ull&!&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
01
';/ ') /~~f.tlf]lf]Jl,lf
~A 1--~~-
Parts List of Breather Pipe
No.
01-57a-OO
Page
1/2
*
& ? '51' 1' - JL,lt)
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
11,rimttti
C-OIL SPEC.
1 1
019451J·DOX
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL ~001f5i!&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
01
;/ ') ;,- 9~ l*tt/1tt/ltldf
a A!---~-
Parts List of Breather Pipe
No.
01-57a-OO
Page
2/2
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
@Ill{ Q'ty
lte 1.1~,1, t-'I &B6lia~ $~:!if#F Part Name
{J~
No Level Order Part No. A B Remarks
8
x 1 6 BOLT. 8 X 16
NUT, 8
1
1
1
1
YAIIMAR
&EYIBIAlL r,tifflj~f&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
-;,, 'J ~ 9·~f.tCP6/MZif No. Page
01 ~ IJ :.,1(il1JfflJ .. l&~;f(:., J~1.J I~-
01-58a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Pump Case Cover
26
27
27
019-460·DOX
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL t!m!~t&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
YANMAR
Turning Device
08
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories
GEY181AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Outline 11·01a·OO 1/1
1. Cylinder head
Each water-cooled cylinder head is installed over four cylinder head studs screwed into the cylinder block.
A special hydraulic jack is used to tighten and to loosen the nut on the cylinder head stud.
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Cylinder Head 11-02a-OO 1 /9
If carbon has accumulated on the surface of cylinder head exposed to the combustion gas, it hinders combus-
tion. Or, if scale has formed on the cooling water line it will impede the cooling effect. Also, a crack might
occur on the combustion surface of cylinder head if there is an uneven thermal load while the engine is run-
ning. Consequently, the cylinder head is overhauled periodically (and the accessories are removed and
checked at the same time.)
1 ) Disassembly Preparation
Prepare the following exclusive tools;
(1) Hydraulic pump & hydraulic jack-------- One set
If the hydraulic fluid leaks while the hydraulic jack is being used, the fluid may spout under a high pres-
sure, resulting in injury. Therefore, be sure to observer the following precautions:
• Do not use the hydraulic jack with a rubber hose having a flow or an oil leaking portion.
• Do not put nor drop a heavy thing on any rubber house.
• Do not grip any rubber hose. Do not bring your face close to the jack or branch during a work.
Use the following exclusive tools for loosening and tightening each nut.
VANMAR
6EY101AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11 ·02a-OO 2/9
[Exclusive Tools) Fig. 11-02-1 Hydraulic Jack Handling Procedures [Common Tools]
® Spacer 4
@) Handle 1
VAIIMAR
&EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Cylinder Head 11-02a-OO 3/9
[Usage]
( 1) When assembling the hydraulic jack, be sure to use the sealing tape at the threaded part so that there
will be no leakage.
(2) Connect the hydraulic pump and branch with 3 m long rubber hose.
(3) Connect two 1 m long rubber house to the branch.
(4) Use the hydraulic pump placed horizontally.
(5) To operate the hydraulic pump, use it, opening the air valve.
(6) When a hydraulic jack is used for the first time, the rubber house is filled with the hydraulic fluid. There-
fore, when the hydraulic pressure being to rise, loosen the air vent plug of hydraulic pump, and then
checking the oil volume, replenish the hydraulic fluid.
(7) If the hydraulic jack does not work even though the hydraulic pressure has risen to the specified value,
loose couples will be the cause.
Loosen the relief valve of hydraulic pump to lower the hydraulic pressure, and then check the connec-
tion of couples.
Fig. 11-02-1 Hydraulic Jack Handling Procedures [Cylinder Head Fitting Procedures]
~ ~
>
>
.. I
I
Notch Notch
017679-00J
YAN MAR
6EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11-02a-OO 4/9
[Work Procedure)
(1) Clean the area around the cylinder head tightening nuts.
• When disassembling, apply the set mark to the bolt and the nut.
• Tighten each tightening nut with the handle until it is seated.
Attach the spacer so that the notched part of the spacer faces the adjacent head.
(3) Attach the hydraulic jack to the cylinder head bolt and screw in the jack until it adheres to the spacer.
Make sure that there is no difference in level between the piston of hydraulic jack and the end surface of
body of the jack.
(4) Connect the hydraulic jack, branch and hydraulic pump with rubber hose (couplers).
(5) Loosen the hydraulic jack by 1/2 turn from the state of adhering to the spacer.
Be sure to check that the notch of the spacer-fitting surface does not make a contact with the adjacent cyl-
inder head. Otherwise, the spacer and the cylinder head will be damaged, as the accurate tightening force
would not be attained. Only then, raise the hydraulic pressure.
(6) Close the relief valve of hydraulic pump, and operate the pump lever to raise the hydraulic pressure to
the specified value.
(7) Insert the handle into the holes of the nut through the hole of spacer, and then turn the nut.
• When disassembling, loose the nut by turning it past seven or eight holes.
• When disassembling, loose the nut by turning it past seven or eight holes.
f CAUTION 1-----------------------...
e If the nut to be removed could not be turned with use of the handle, slowly raise the hydraulic pressure,
and then turn the nut.
The hydraulic pressure should not be raised above 63.7 MPa.
• When tightening, check if the nut threaded part is not damaged or the couplers are not poorly con-
nected in the case where the number of turns of the nuts is few.
(8) Gradually open the relief valve of hydraulic pump to decrease the hydraulic pressure to the zero.
(9) Screw the hydraulic jack in until it adheres to the spacer, and then discharge the hydraulic fluid from the jack.
( 10) Disconnect the rubber hose of hydraulic jack, branch and hydraulic pump.
(11) Remove the hydraulic jack and spacer.
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11-02a-OO 5/9
• When disassembling, check if the bolts are not loose after removing the tightening nuts.
• When reassembling, check that set marks of the nuts and bolts are in agreement.
SUPPLIER Brand
[ General hydraulic fluid J
Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Tellus Oil C32
SHELL
Tellus Oil 32
Super Hiland 32
NIPPON OIL
Super Hiland V32
Cosmo Epoch ES32
COSMO OIL
Cosmo Hydro AW32
3) Disassembly
Disassemble the cylinder head according to the following procedures.
(1) Close each valve of cooling water inlet and outlet, and drain the cooling water from the cylinder jacket.
(2) Detach the exhaust manifold cover.
Using the eyebolt (P/# 26620-160002), lift the exhaust manifold cover.
(3) Remove the exhaust manifold.
(4) Disconnect the following pipe and accessories from the cylinder head.
Overflow fuel oil pipe, fuel injection pump lube oil pipe, cooling water connection pipe, pressure indicator
cock, fuel injection pipe joint, fuel injection pipe cap nut and fuel injection pipe.
(5) Detach the bonnet, and remove the rocker arm shaft pedestal, intake/exhaust valve guards and push rod.
(6) Remove the fuel-injector tightening nut.
(7) Remove the protective cap of a cylinder bolt.
(8) Using the hydraulic jack, remove the cylinder head tightening nut.
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11-02a-OO 6/9
Cooling Water
Rocker Arm Shaft Pedestal Connecting Pipe
'/.'-·1....,, ·I
!.: f. ...j.. i·
u.b-.
(9) Lock the cylinder head lifting tool onto the fuel injector clamping bolt, and the cylinder head straight up.
O Lightly tighten the cap nut CZ) to an extent that the body CD does not become rickety.
O When lifting the cylinder head, be careful not to damage the hydraulic jack fitting threaded part of the
cylinder head bolt.
®
e
Fuel injector
017114-001
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11-02a-OO 7/9
@ Nut 26732-160002
Attach the lifting tool body CD and drawing-out bolt @ to the fuel injector guard.
Tighten the nut@ to draw out the fuel injector guard.
®
@
Fuel Injector
Guard
017''77-0011
For the maintenance servicing of fuel injector (disassembly, check, adjustment of fuel injection pressure),
refer to the following:
WJ 50-09 Overhauling the Fuel injector & Adjusting the Injection Pressure
YAIIMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the CylinderHead 11-02a-OO 8/9
• After having removed the cylinder head, cover the cylinder so as to allow foreign matter to enter the
boost air chamber.
•Notto damage the threaded part of a cylinder head bolt, cap it with a protective tube.
• Do not use any gas burner to eliminate carbon adherent on the combustion surface and at the
exhaust port.
The loose exhaust valve seat and a deteriorated 0-ring may cause a water leakage.
(1) Check the state of carbon adherent in the combustion and the suction and exhaust ports (for your refer-
ence on determining the intervals for subsequent servicing).
After cleaning, carefully check for cracks and corrosion.
(2) Check the state of scale in the water jacket part. Depended on the water quality, a lot of scale adheres
even in the water jacket part of a fresh-water cooled engine. Therefore, at least once every two years,
clean the water jacket part with a descaling agent, etc. (For example, Unicon 146 sold by YANMAR can
descale the water jacket part without overhauling the cylinder head while the engine is stopped.)
(3) Especially carefully check for flaws and foreign matters in the socket and spigot part of the cylinder head
fitting surface. If this part has been flawed or contaminated by foreign matters, a blow-bye occurs during
a run.
(4) Conduct the hydraulic test at least once every two years, and check whether water leaks from the
exhaust valve seat mated part.
Also, if the cylinder head is overheated due to a failure of cooling water system, conduct a hydraulic test,
I Test pressure: 0.7 MPa
5) Reassembly
Reassembly the cylinder head in the sequence reverse to disassembly, paying attention to the following
points:
YAN MAR
&EYIO!A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Cylinder Head 11-02a-OO 9/9
• Replace each packing and 0-ring with new ones. If you cannot avoid using packing or an 0-ring again,
sufficiently check it for no flaws, deformation and deterioration before using it.
• Apply the lubricating oil on the intake and exhaust valves, attach the same cotters as those used in the
disassembly to the respective valves, and fit them while taking care not to damage the lip pf a valve
guide stem seal.
• If a head packing of the same dimensions as that used previously is used, the top clearance becomes
the standard value and does not require any particular adjustment.
• Check for no foreign matters in the intake and exhaust passages of cylinder head, piston upper part
and boost air chamber of cylinder block, and then incorporate the cylinder head.
• When mounting the cylinder head on the cylinder liner, take care not to flaw the threaded part of a cyl-
inder head bolt.
• Apply the grease or lubricating oil on the hydraulic jack fitting threaded part of the cylinder head bolts to
prevent the treaded part from being rusted.
• Apply the lubricating oil to the head tightening but. After being tightened, cap them with the protective
caps.
YAN MAR
6EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valves 11-03a-OO 1 /4
1. Disassembing procedure
Detach the valve rotator, cotter key, and valve spring before disassembling the intake/exhaust valves.
1) Detach the valve rotator, cotter key, and valve spring
Q) Nut 16 26732-160002
@ Handle 139653-92340
@ Nut 12 26706-120002
...__ @
Valve Spring
Fuel Injector
Clamping Bolt 018726-00£
(1) Lock the cylinder head lifting tool body <D to the fuel valve clamping bolt with the drawing out tool B ~.
and attach the exclusives tool ®-@as shown in Fig. 11-03-1.
Then, turn the handle® to hold down the valve rotator and valve spring, and take out the cotter key.
(2) Next. tum a handle backward, release the compression of valve spring, detach the exclusive tools, and
take out the valve rotator and valve spring.
Incidentally, when disassembling the valve spring and valve rotator without removing the cylinder head, set
the piston to T.D.C. on the compression stroke, and then do the above-mentioned work.
Two cotter keys are used to lock each intake/exhaust valve. Store and use them as pairs. In time of reas-
sembly, use them by a pair and for the same valve. (Unless they are handled by a pair, the valve stem
might be damaged due to an inferior contact of the cotter key part.)
VAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valves 11-03a-OO 2/4
Taking care not to flaw the stem seal lip of the intake/exhaust valve guide, remove the intake and
exhaust valves, respectively.
Date of manufacturing
1---- Marking
Intake Valve; 1H37S12S1
2. Item to check
(1) Check for sulfuric acid corrosion and bent stems on the intake and exhaust valves. Measure the dimen-
sions. If the clearance between the valve stem and the corresponding valve guide exceeds the wear
limit, replace either the valve or valve guide, whichever is most worn.
IWJ 00-09 Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts
Correct the valve poppet tip part upon careful checking it because if it becomes too thin, it may be chipped
and the pieces may enter the combustion chamber and turbocharger, causing a serious secondary dam-
age. (However, do not grind the combustion surface side of the valve poppet part for this correction.)
(3) Check for blow-by and carbon being compressed onto the valve seat. According to what is found, you
may need to grind the face of the seat.
(4) Measure the dimensions of the valve seat. If the seat has reached the wear limit, replace it.
IWJ 00-09 Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts
YAN MAR
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valves 11-03a-OO 3/4
(3) Do the valve grinding work according to the procedure of Fig. 11-03-3.
(4)Apply the proper quantity of grinding compound to the valve to be ground, and elaborately grind the
valve with the specified grinding tool. Finally grind should be done with oil.
Step 5
nghten the bolts lntake/EXh. Valve Grinding Tool
YAN MAR
6EY181AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valves 11-03a-OO 4/4
(5) If a flaw on the face of an intake or exhaust valve is so deep that it must be corrected by grinding, grind
the valve at the angle shown in the figure on the fight. Grind until the edge of the valve seat marks con-
tact with the valve.
Fig. 11-03-4 Angle of the Valves and Intake and Exhaust Valve Seat
~120·.3~
011&82-(lOB
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Seat 11-04a-OO 1 /2
The intake/exhaust valve seat has been shrink fitted to the cylinder head, and the exhaust valve seat is a
cooled shrink-fit type.
1) Checking s servicing
Do not use a gas burner to eliminate carbon stuck to the combustion surface or the exhaust port.
Otherwise,the exhaustvalve seat may become loose or the 0-rings may deteriorate, resulting in a water leak.
(1) Check the amount of blow-by and carbon ground Fig. 11-04-1 Valve Seat Correcting Proced (Rough Finishing)
into the valve seat. Based on what you see, grind
the seat. Since the satellite has been built on the
valve seat face, if a flaw on it is so deep, correct it
with use of a rough correcting seat cutter (with
grinder), and then grind the valve seat. (A seat
cutter is available as an option.)
(2) Check for water leaks in the exhaust valve seat area. (If a water leak is found, replace the valve seat.)
(3) Measure the contact diameter of the valve seat. If the measurement exceeds the wear limit, replace the
valve seat with a new one.
VANMAR
6EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Seat 11-04a-OO 2/2
@ Heat the whole cylinder head to 40 °c to 60 °c. Heating should be done with a steam cleaner.
@ Then chill the valve seat with liquid carbon dioxide. If liquid carbon dioxide is not available, soak the valve
seat in a mixture consisting of a small lump (10 kg) of dry ice and alcohol (1.5 lit.) for 1 hour or more.
Chill the exhaust valve seat with the 0-rings installed in it. Do not use liquid nitrogen. If you did, the
0-rings would harden and break when inserting the valve seat in the cylinder head.
@ Using the intake valve {or exhaust valve) Fig. 11-04-4 Valve Seat Insertion Procedures
as a guide, rapidly insert the valve seat
into its hole in the cylinder head. INSERT
Valve seat
6-----....
Take care not to tilt the valve seat. Apply a
load to the valve seat for one to two minutes,
to avoid insufficient insertion into the hole.
01768'-00I
After replacing the exhaust valve seat, be sure to conduct a hydraulic test to make sure no water leaks
between the mated parts.
I Test pressure: 0.7 MPa (7 kgf/cm 2) J
YA II MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Guide 11-0Sa-OO 1/1
The intake and exhaust valve guides have been shrink fitted, inserted and installed, along with the stem seal.
1 ) Checking & servicing
(1) Measure the clearance between the valve guide Fig. 11-05-1 Valve Guide Removing Procedures
and the valve stem. If the measurement exceeds
the wear limit, replace the valve guide or valve.
(2) Replace the stem seal each time the valves are
serviced.
Interference:0.001 - 0.035 mm
017687-00E
When press fitting the valve guide, hold it by the flanged part.
YAN MAR
GEYIBlAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Intake I Exhaust Valve Bridge & Guide 11-06a-OO 1/1
The valve bridge guide has been shrink fitted into the cylinder head. If the engine is used with excessive clear-
ance between the valve bridge and the valve bridge guide, the valve bridge may drop while the valves are
working, causing a malfunction in the valves, uneven wear in the valve guide.
Fig. 11-06-1 Cross Section View of Cylinder Head (Exhaust Valve Side)
@
0
017'99-00B
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Valve Rotator 11-07a-OO 1/1
Improper rotation of the valve rotator will cause carbon to be ground into the valve seat, causing blow-by in
the seat and affecting the service life of the valve and valve seat. Therefore, check and check the valve rotator
overhaul periodically.
To remove the valve rotator without disassembling the cylinder head, set the piston to T.D.C. on the compres-
sion stroke, and then remove the valve rotator.
Direction of rotation (
Body
Ball Shoe
Belleville Spring
Spring Shoe
Circlip
Coil Spring
Section 1-1
Ball
2) Installation
CD Install the coil springs, balls and Belleville spring in the proper direction.
® After installing them, check clearance A.
VANMAII
&EYl&lAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Adjusting the Intake I Exhaust Valve Head Clearance 11-08a-OO 1/1
Adjust the intake/exhaust valve head clearance, as follows, because the valve mechanism of this engine is
designed to use two intake (or exhaust) valves by means of a T-shaped valve bridge. This bridge will be dis-
torted and cause abnormal wear on the valve bridge guide and/or valve guide unless it adjusted for the oper-
ation of two valves simultaneously:
Q)
-==~m::)t-- @
..........~'---@
@-l+---l!-lf--4.,.3!!!1!~1toj-U,-{rs,.'L..J
Valve Bridge
Valve Guide
(2) Turn the flywheel to bring the relevant cylinder to T.D.C. on the compression stroke.
(3) Loosen the lock nuts® & @, and then loosen the rocker arm adjusting screw CD and valve bridge adjust-
ing screw@.
(4) Press down the center of the valve bridge from above so that clearance @ becomes zero. Gradually
tighten the valve bridge adjusting screw@ so that clearance @ becomes zero. After making the adjust-
ment, lock the adjusting screw@ so that it can't turn, and tighten the lock nut@ securely.
(5) Put a feeler gauge into clearance© between the rocker arm adjusting screw CD and the valve bridge, and
gradually tighten the rocker arm adjusting screw CD until the clearance is narrow enough to just allow the
feeler gauge to be inserted smoothly. Then, lock the adjusting screw CD, and tighten the lock nut® .
(6) After having securely tightened the lock nut® , make sure that the feeler gauge can still be inserted and
drawn out smoothly.
The valve head clearance of a suction valve and that of an exhaust valve are different. Be careful not to
mistake the clearance of one valve for that of the other.
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cylinder Head & Its Accessories No. Page
11 Overhauling the Nozzle Sleeve 11-09a-OO 1 /1
0-ring
Nozzle Sleeve
018'125-00E
2) Reassembly
Tighten with the specified torque noting the following matter with the exclusive tool.
llWJ 00-10 Table of Tightening Torques of Major Bolts & Nuts
YAN MAR
&EYIOlAlL ffl!BH~t.&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
r-i--- 39 6--- 22
34
381-"
e--26
~25
33
28,---
g 3
e--8 8---20
11----'~ l~:i 1
2 2-----f!J 0----37 ~
26-~
"-I
A-AlfJriii
45--,, SECTION A-A
36-9
25--t
1O 19
32
21-e
, 9
50 ®
491--11
4 9-----e
47
t~,t
EXH.
OUUi1-00X
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL ffl!IIUtf&filtB]i~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL tll!Utlt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
';/ 'J:,., 7•/\ :,:., f.''l/1,fl,lf No. Page
11 ~ ') ~~" ':J ,-: 11-51a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Cylinder .Head
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL tl™U&J&filtBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
;:,, 'J ;.;- 9•/\ 'Y FJP,Ji, if No. Page
11 4tlilWI~ &4tla~,5,t=
Parts List of Valve Arm Assy. & Bonnet 11-52a-OO 1 /3
34-w
35---©
36 ©
37---~
31
33
30,---t
1 s:------,
23
VAN MAR
&EY18(A)L ~OO~t&~BJl!: Operation Manual M46623
Y IJ / 9·"' :.:, F'C!Mtdf No. Page
11 #Md*itt &#Jf«~,S,t:: 11-52a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Valve Arm Assy. & Bonnet
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
YAN MAR
&EYIO{AlL WM~t&~BJl:ffl: Operation Manual M46623
';/ ') ;,, ~~"" :;., F.illJld.f No. Page
11 #Jltl*itt&#Jltl~,S,t:: 11-52a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Valve Arm Assy. & Bonnet
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL ~~~f&maJJ!,t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
11 mi±sn~ 11-53a-OO 1/2
Parts list of Indicator Valve
~: 4
'-----3
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL fl~nf&~BJI~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
11 ffifffll0l4t 11-53a-00 2/2
Parts List of Indicator Valve
VAN MAR
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Suction/Exhaust Swing Arm
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm No. Page
14 Outline 14-01a-OO 1/1
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm No. Page
14 Overhauling the Timing Gear 14·02a-00 1 /3
Even under the condition of normal operation, there is a wear of gears. This may cause a pitching wear,
plucking and hair cracks on the tooth surface.
Besides, since the wear is related to noise and vibration periodically check the backlash of gears and contact
of tooth surface.
When disassembling the timing gears, measure the backlash of gears, If the measurement exceeds the allow-
able value, replace the pertinent gear of bearing with the new one.
(1) Remove the cooling water pump, fuel oil feed pump, lub. oil pump and fuel oil filter (together with its
mount).
(2) Remove the gear case.
fficAUTION 1-----------------------
Lift the gear case up with rope. If the gear case falls, an accident may occur.
Since the gear case is positioned with two knock pins, jack it up with M12 bolts to remove it.
A set mark is stamped on the side of crank gear, idle gear A, idle gear B and cam gear. When assembling
the timing gears, set the No.1 (or No.6) cylinder at the B.D.C., and align the set marks.
Crank Gear
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm No. Page
14 Overhauling the Timing Gear 14-02a-00 2/3
018464-00E
2) Cam gear
Disassemble (or reassemble) the cam gear according to the following sequence with the cover of timing gear
case and mist pulling out tube removed.
( 1) Remove the cam gear through the window of timing gear case on the operation side.
(2) Cam gear clamping procedures
OWhen tightening the cam gear clamping bolt, apply the seizure inhibitor (Three-Bond 1910 or its equiv-
alent) on the bearing surface and threaded part of the bolt, and then tighten the bolt to the specified
torque.
Fig. 14-02-3 Cam Gear Disassembling Procedures
Governor
Governor
Driver
Cam Gear
018i6l-OOE
3) Crank gear
(1) To facilitate removal of crank gear, drill a hole below the bottom land of the gear, and drive a chisel into
this hole. This wilt loosen fitting, and thus the gear can be easily removed.
Crank Gear
Drilled Hole Drilled Hole
Reassembling the gear, use the straight pin for the locating.
Detachthe straight pin after the assembly.
2007.11.22R YAIIMAR
GEYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm No. Page
14 Servicing the Camshaft 14-03a-OO 1/2
The camshaft has three cam shape lobes: the intake cam, the exhaust cam and the fuel pump cam. The cams
and bearing faces are induction hardened for higher wear resistance. The camshaft is divided into two parts
with the breaks being between the No.3 and No.4 cylinders. High-precision bolts secure each part. If the
engine installation site does not have enough space to extract the camshaft in one piece, split it at the con-
nectors and then pull two parts out from the engine. Pull the camshaft out toward the front side (the side oppo-
site the flywheel)
1) Disassembly
Disassemble the camshaft as follows:
(1) Remove the cylinder head cover, then the rocker arms, shaft pedestals and push rods.
(2) Disconnect the fuel injection pipe joint. Then remove the fuel injection pump and fuel injection pump
drive.
(3) Remove the intake and exhaust swing arms.
For details about removing them, refer to the following:
(4) Detach the governor and the governor drive unit on the flywheel side, and detach the governor drive
bevel gear.
(5) Detach the cam shaft gear on the opposite flywheel side.
(6) Remove the cam shaft thrust bearing.
(7) Pull out the camshaft.
ci 7765-COE
When installing a bearing on the camshaft, place the bearing so that its joint faces up and its oil hole is
mated with oil hole in the camshaft. Then press it into position.
Insertion Tool B
(without bearing bush) Hydrnulic Jack Insertion Tool 01 ?76' ~OOB
3) Reassembly
Reassemble the camshaft in the reverse sequence used for disassembly, paying attention to the following
points:
(1) Make sure the camshaft coupling surfaces are free from any foreign matter or lubricating oil. Then, align
the notch with the drilled hole to reassemble the camshaft.
(2) Tighten the U-nuts of the coupling only after applying anti-seize (Three-Bond 1910 or equivalent) to the
threaded parts and bearing surfaces.
YAN MAR
&EYIOIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Timing Gear, Camshaft & Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm No. Page
14 Servicing the Intake I Exhaust Swing Arm 14-04a-OO 1/1
The valve mechanism forcibly lubricates the roller pins using the swing arm system.
1) Disassembly
Remove the rocker arm shaft pedestal and push rods, and disassemble the swing arm assembly as follows:
( 1) Remove the cam case cover. Loosen the swing arm shaft clamping bolts, and remove the arm shaft and
arm together as a set.
(2) Remove the circlips form the arm shaft using circlip pliers (P/#28190-000020). Then remove the swing
arms and spacers.
01776'7-00E
3) Reassembly
Reassemble the intake/exhaust swing arm assembly by reversing the sequence used to disassemble it.
(1) Check for any deformed or missing collars in the swir,g arm shaft clamping bolt holes.
(2) Install the swing arm shaft so that the "R" alignment mark is positioned on the right side.
Screw on the clamping bolts with the "R" alignment mark on the right side and the "L" alignment mark on
the left side.
Do not make a mistake during this installation. If it is not installed properly, the lubricating oil passage will
be blocked and the arm shaft and roller pins will be burned out.
(3) After installing the rocker arm shaft pedestal, adjust the intake/exhaust valve head clearance. For details
about the adjustment procedures, refer to the following:
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL ~M~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
14 7~ t:JL,~~
Parts List of Idle Gear 14-51a-OO 1/2
2
8
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL ttmU&t&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
14 7~ t:JL,~~
Parts List of Idle Gear 14-51 a-00 2/2
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL UlOO~t&fillBJl!: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
14 7Jk':/~7 I--
Parts List of Camshaft 14-52a-OO 112
27
27
17 20
24
OUUS·OOX
YJINMJIA
&EYIO!AlL r,iml~t&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
14 1J A ~ "f' ? t--
Parts List of Camshaft
YANMAR
18
The air cooler is equipped with two cooling cores installed with plate-fin tube type.
To function as a turbocharger mount, the air cooler body is compactly designed.
The core of air cooler can be pulled out with the engine equipped with air cooler, and assembled it.
Turbocharger is a high performance air-cooled radial MET model, and lubricating and cooling of the turbo-
charger bearing is forced lubrication system by the lubricating oil of the engine.
Exhaust manifold
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Outline of Air Cooler 18-02a-OO 1 /2
The air cooler is equipped with two cooling cores installed with plate-fin tube type, and the air cooler body is
designed to function as a turbocharger mount.
When air cooler is maintained, pull out the core with its body installed in the engine.
1) Disassembly
Disassemble the air cooler according as follows:
(1) Remove the cooling water tube and by-pass valve.
(2) Detach the tank and O ring on both sides.
(3) Pull out the core pushing. (Pull out the core A toward the operation side, and pull out the core B toward
the non-operation side.)
r-6~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~e mass of core is 15 kg each. ]
YANMAII
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Outline of Air Cooler 18-02a-OO 2/2
(2) Remove the Water Covers on the core and clean the interior of the tubes. Brush them with a long-han-
dled brush.
(3) Check the coating on the inner surface of the boost air duct and tank. If the coating has peeled off, repair
it.
(4) Check for clogged drain holes.
3) Reassembly
Reassemble the air cooler in the sequence reverse to disassembly, paying attention to the following points.
(1) Replace the gaskets and 0-ring with new ones.
(2) Set the "O" mark on core's edge to the punched hole on the body. (Both core A and B.)
VAN MAR
&EYIOIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Charge-Air Heating Device (Option) 18-03a-OO 1 /3
This engine can be equipped with a charge-air heating device (special custom spec) by risking it for a contin-
uous low load operation with the low quality crude petroleum.
This device raises the charge air temperature by arranging in the low temperature side cooling entrance sec-
tion of air cooler, and intercepting the current of the coolant water on the low temperature side that flows to air
cooler.
1 . Operation
(1) The piston on the coolant waterside is moved up and down by the control air by ON-OFF of the solenoid
valve through the air piston, and this device intercepts the low temperature side coolant water that flows
to air cooler, and controls the charge air temperature.
(2) The operating state of this device can confirm it by measuring the length of the shaft that shoots out to
the upper part of the device (It is "L" in figure).
The relation between "L "and operating state is almost tables below.
28mm There is no charge heating. Whole quantity air cooler passes. High load
8mm There is charge heating. The whole quantity is bypassed. Low load
28mm L
Nut
~ 1}
Cooling Water Outlet Cooling Water ·Inlet (Low Temp.)
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Charge-Air Heating Device (Option) 18·03a·OO 2/3
~ 1}
Cooling Water Outlet Cooling Water Inlet
2. Handling
Please rotate more than the turn around the shaft clockwise once a week with the spanner (Width Across Flat;
2 mm) to prevent the air piston and the coolant waterside piston in this device from clinging beforehand.
Fig. 18.03-3
VAN MAR
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Charge-Air Heating Device (Option) 18-03a-OO 3/3
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 Overhauling the Exhaust Manifold 18-04a-OO 1 /1
1 ) Disassembly
[GcAUTION~----------------~
Lifting the exhaust manifold cover with use of a lifting eyebolt (P/# 26610-100002) and a chain block or
the like, remove the cover.
Disassemble the exhaust manifold while checking whether the steady rest and the clamping bolts are not loose.
Steady Rest
Exhaust Manifold
Be careful not to confuse stainless steel bolts and nuts of exhaust manifold, expansion joint and steady
with those made of other material for clamping these parts.
2) Reassembly
(1)Apply the seizure inhibitor to each bolt or nut, and then tighten it.
(2) Checking the mark stamped on the flange of expansion joint, fit it in the proper incorporating direction
according to the mark.
The distance between flanges of the expansion joint is 85 mm. When you install the expansion joint in the
exhaust manifoldAAenlarge the expansion joint by 5 mm and install it by 90 mm.
If the expansion joint is fitted in the reverse direction, carbon is entrapped in the clearance, causing the
expansion joint be broken in a shorter period.
YAN MAR
FINAL PLAN
IIIIETurllo
Hull Number :
Engine Number :
Serial Number :
Tz-EM18-0002
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Contents
Contents
Section 2 Operation
Section 3 Maintenance
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES.LTD. 0-1
MET18SRC Tz-EM 18-0002
Contents
(i) : Indicates that the turbocharger should not be touched due to high
temperature.
Instruction Manual
).._ MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 0-2
MET Tz-EM18-0002
1. Introduction
2. Turbocharger Structure
3. Proper Handling
Instruction Manual
J, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 1-1
MET Tz·EM18·0002
1. Introduction
Because the turbocharger runs automatically as a result of the energy contained in exhaust gas from the engine, it
does not usually require any special manipulation when the engine is operating normally. However, the
turbocharger plays an essential role in supplying combustion air to the engine, and it Is therefore important to
maintain its performance in order to ensure the performance and reliability of the engine itself.
A turbocharger is a turbomachine with a high speed rotor. Consequently, because of the immense rotational energy
of the rotor during operation, improper handling can result in substantial damage to the equipment, as well as the
possibility of human injury.
This manual is intended to provide users with an understanding of the structure of the Mitsubishi MET turbocharger,
appropriate maintenance procedures, and proper response in the rare event of malfunctioning. Accordingly, this
manual should always be placed in a location where it can be easily accessed from the vicinity of the turbocharger.
Also, all personnel concerned with the engine to which the turbocharger is attached should carefully read this
manual and understand its content. If the content requires further darification, please direct inquiries as follows,
quoting the serial number of the turbocharger in question.
Technical support:
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES,LTD. 1.2
MET Tz-EM18-0002
2. Turbocharger Structure
2. 1 Exhaust gas energy and air compression
A turbocharger is a device that utilizes the energy contained in exhaust gas from the engine in order to produce
compressed air, which it returns to the engine for use in the combustion of fuel. Thus, a turbocharger consists of a
turbine for the conversion of exhaust gas energy into motive force, together with an air compressor driven by this
force.
Exhaust gas released from the engine is channeled to the turbocharger gas inlet casing (20). and after being
expanded and accelerated by means of a nozzle ring (22), it comes into contact with the radial turbine (69). This
serves to efficiently convert the energy into rotational motive force.
A radial turbine and compressor impeller are positioned at either end of the rotor, and the motive force of the
turbine directly drives the compressor impeller. As the compressor impeller rotates, external air is channeled
through the silencer (50) to the impeller (66). and is accelerated to obtain high velocity and pressure. The high level
of energy contained in the air exiting the impeller is recovered in the form of pressure as it passes through the
diffuser {45). Then, after passing through the scroll {48), air having the required pressure and flow volume is sent to
the engine.
The ratio consisting of a) the energy obtained by pressurization of the surrounding air, divided by b) the energy lost
as the exhaust gas passes through the turbocharger turbine, is known as the turbocharger efficiency, and this is a
basic measure of turbocharger performance. Fouling and wear affecting the turbine and compressor are causes of
reduced efficiency, and these factors can result in failure to deliver air having the requisite pressure and flow volume
to the engine. It is therefore important to perform periodic maintenance of the turbocharger in order to maintain its
performance.
Instruction Manual
.+, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES,LTD. 1-3
MET Tz-EM18-0002
3. Proper Handling
Lh
re-assembly of the turbocharger. However, the disassembly and re-assembly processes require hazardous
operations such as the suspension of heavy objects. Operators should have the skills and knowledge required to
perform these operations safely, and operations must be conducted under appropriate safety supervision. MHI
assumes no responsibility for injuries and/or damage to the turbocharger and peripheral equipment in the event of
accidents occurring during turbocharger disassembly and re-assembly.
Instruction Manual
).._ MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 1-4
MET1BSRC Tz-EM18-0002
Section 2 Operation
Section 2 Operation
Instruction Manual
.•, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIIES. LTD. 2-1
MET18SRC T Z·EM 18·0002
Section 2 Operation
Also, the silencer air inlet port sucks in large amounts of air and, in the event of sudden surging, there is a possibility
of the reverse flow of high-pressure air from the silencer. In such cases, proximity to the silencer could result in the
loss of balance and major injury; particular caution is thus required. When approaching the turbocharger, care
should be taken that pens and other small objects about one's person are not sucked in. Such objects should either
not be carried, or else affixed firmly using a string or cord so as to prevent ingestion into the turbocharger.
The noise level in the vicinity of the turbocharger is high, and earplugs or other appropriate protective gear should
be used when approaching.
@ The turbocharger scroll and the turbine side casing are hot, and should never be touched without protection.
The turbocharger parts remain hot in a period after the engine has been stopped; hence care should also be taken
here.
It is possible for various reasons that exhaust gas could leak from the exhaust gas piping connected to the
~ turbocharger, or from the turbocharger main unit. In such cases, there is a risk that the turbocharger would suck in
exhaust gas through the silencer, with the result that insufficient air would be supplied to the engine, and that the
temperature of the compressor impeller would rise, thus leading to damage of compressor wheel material and
ultimately breakage of the compressor wheel and other parts of turbocharger. Also, the breathing of exhaust fumes
for a prolonged period may cause health problems.
Accordingly, if the smell of exhaust gas is noticed in the vicinity of the turbocharger, the origin of the leak should be
confirmed and the engine stopped as soon as possible to enable the appropriate response.
A\ In the event of lubricating oil leakage from the lubricant tubing connected to the turbocharger, particularly in the
L!.l high-pressure inlet tubing, there is a risk of ignition and fire due to the discharge of lubricant. If such leakage occurs,
the engine should be stopped immediately and corrective actions taken to eliminate the leakage.
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 2-2
MET18SRC Tz-EM18·0002
Section 2 Operation
Turbocharger
4 Any Oil leakage?
underside
Turbocharger
4 Any Oil leakage?
underside
Turbocharger main
5 Any abnormal vibration or noise?
unit
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 2-3
MET18SRC Tz-EM18·0002
Section 2 Operation
-----------
Min. Standard Max.
Instruction Manual
),. MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 2-4
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Section 3 Maintenance
Section 3 Maintenance
nstruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES,LTD. 3·1
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Section 3 Maintenance
~ y
30µ mesh <8,000 hours
<8,000--12,000 hours
sc
Q)
c: (Automatic Back-flush filter) (following launch)
"6l
0 c:
Q)
E <5,000 hours
E
0
c:
·a; sou mesh <8,000 hours
o ~ (following launch)
nstruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 3-2
MET18SRC Tz-EM 18-0002
1 . Disassembly
2. Re-assembly
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-1
MET18SRC Tz-EM 18-0002
50 455
45
•
~73
Clearance (A)
between the air inlet guide
and the impeller
Fig 4-1 Procedure for removing of compressor side
Clearance ( V )
between gas inlet casing
Fig 4-2 Procedure for removing of turbine side and turbine wheel
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-2
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
1 . Disassembly
Exercise caution so that the air inlet guide does not come into contact with the impeller blades.
Instruction Manual
1' MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-3
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
66
67
67
Confinnation of match mark
60
361
323
73 325
70T
733
~·~ ~
\
Thrust bearing (compressor side)
Instruction M•nual
). MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 4-4
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Before removing the locking nut (67), measure value obtained for distance S from the edge of the nut to end
of the shaft, as well as that for the deflection of the rotor shaft end and thrust clearance, will be useful as
references during re-assembly.
Make sure that the match for impeller (66) , locking nut (67) correspond to each other. If they don't
correspond, record the relative location of match mark among the impeller and locking nut (67)
(circumferential movement of shaft nut)
Wile holding the turbine wheel (69). remove the locking nut (67) with spanner.
After pulling out the impeller, use tape to thinly cover the treaded part of the rotor shaft for protection.
Remove the sleeve (64). If and when it is not removed easily, screw the bolt (M4) into the threaded hole, and
pull out sleeve.
After removing the bolt{363), and then screw the same bolt(363) into the threaded hole in the support . lift
off the bearings. Compressor side thrust bearing is attached to the support (361 ).
1.9 Removing the thrust bearing (compressor side) (See Fig 4-5)
Use hexagonal headed spanner (hex key, Allen wrench) to remove hex bolt (733), and then screw the
same bolt (733) into the threaded hole in the compressor side thrust bearings. lift off the bearings.
2.0 Removing the thrust bearing (turbine side), journal bearing, labyrinths (See Fig 4-5)
Use hexagonal headed spanner (hex key, Allen wrench) to remove hex bolt (713), and then screw the same
bolt (713) into the threaded hole in the turbine side thrust bearings. lift off the bearings.
Remove the packing (357) . And then, remove the turbine side journal bearing (70T).
Instruction Manual
J..,, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-5
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
if.Jiit- c
BOLT
Lubricant
Instruction Manual
J.. IIIITSUBISNI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-6
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
2. Re-assembly
~ Before inserting any of the bearings. be sure to lightly coat them with lubricant.
When inserting bearings, use clean bare hands; do not use gloves, etc.
Instruction Manual
,,+.., MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRll:S.LTD. 4-7
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
66
Fig4-7 Procedure for confirming the engagement between the impeller and the claw clutch of the sleeve
Match mark
Fig4-9 Dimension us• Fig 4-10 Procedure for measuring rotor deflection
Instruction Manual
~ MITSU81SHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-8
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Insert the impeller into the rotor shaft. The impeller features a claw clutch on the back side that interfits with
the sleeve, and precise engagement must be confirmed.
Match-up markings are engraved on the rotor shaft, sleeve, and impeller. Adjust the positions of the sleeve,
rotor shaft, and impeller so that these match-up markings are in alignment.
Here, confirm that the impeller is at room temperature. Tightening at a high temperature may result in
loosening during operation
When the engagement between the impeller and the sleeve has been confirmed, and the impeller has been
pushed all the way in by hand, attach the washer(68),screw shaft nut(67) onto the end of the shaft, tum the
spanner ·by hand lightly. And make a position where the shaft nut stops turning as the "O" position for
tightening.
Make a preliminary match mark anew at about 55degrees turning (circumferential movement =14mm)
impeller and washer as the reference.
Tighten the shaft nut using the spanner to the position of match marks of the impeller and washer.
Loosen the shaft nut once, and make sure the preliminary match mark of the shaft nut at the position ·o· of
tightening and the match marks of the impeller and washer are about 55 degrees turning (circumferential
movement 14mm)
Upon confirmation of the match marks, tighten completely with spanner up to the shaft nut turning angle of
55 degrees (circumferential movement 14 mm).
If the shaft nut turning angle of 55 degrees (circumferential movement =14mm) has changed. repeat the
above process.
Measure the distance between the edge of nut 67 and the end of the shaft. using slide {vernier) calipers or a
depth gauge. and compare the value with that obtained before disassembly. (See Fig4-9)
Next, measure the deflection of the end of the rotor shaft using a dial gauge. Deflection of 0.0Smm or more
indicates the indusion of foreign matter on the contact surfaces of the impeller, sleeve, thrust collar, and/or
rotor shaft, causing inclination of the rotor shaft. Remove the impeller again, and confirm the above-noted
contact surfaces. Re-measure the deflection of the end of the rotor shaft prior to fastening the impeller.
Instruction Manual
~ MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-9
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
After confirming the shaft deflection, apply the dial gauge in the axial direction and measure the axial movement
A,.. of the rotor when pushed by hand (i.e.. the thrust clearance). Confirm that the clearance is the same as before
LU disassembly. The thrust clearance should nonnally be in the range of 0.10-0.16mm. In the event that the
value is outside this range, remove the impeller, and confirm that there is no foreign matter on the contact
surfaces of the impeller, sleeve, thrust collar, and/or rotor shaft. Please consult with MHI In cases where the
thrust clearance value cannot be obtained in the designated range.
~,~1-.,.,, ••
Thrust clearance
fi... 0.10-0.16
>J-t)
~.(-t,JI,
Dial gouge
~ After installing the air guide casing, measure the impeller blade tip clearance A and the turbine wheel tip clearance
w. Refer to the clearance table in Section 6 for acceptable values.
Instruction Manual
~ MITSUBISHI HIEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 4-10
MET18SRC Tz·EM18·0002
1. Bearings
2. Rotor Shaft
3. Compressor Impeller
4. Radial Turbine
5. Nozzle
6. Silencer
7. Other Parts
Instruction Manual
5-1
MET18SRC Tz-EM 18-0002
1. Bearings
Bearing wear proceeds as the bearing metal is abraded by foreign matter in the lubricating oil. Hardly any bearing
wear occurs when the lubricant layer is extremely thick compared to the size of the foreign particles, but wear
proceeds quickly when the particle size is about the same as the lubricant film.
In cases where system oil from the engine is used as the lubricant for the turbocharger, a suitable lubricant filter is
installed on the engine side to remove damaging particles. However, smaller particles cannot be completely
removed, and these induce bearing wear.
Accordingly, maintaining the engine lubricating oil in good condition is important from the standpoint of the
turbocharger bearings. For more detailed information, please refer to the engine manual.
liming of
replacement
Limit of
service life
2 3
Color the base plate Lightly place the colored Rotate the base plate in emove the base plate,
lightly and evenly using and confirm the transfer
side against the metal one direction so that the
of the red ink in order to
a red-lead paint. surface of the bearings. red-lead paint contacts determine the need for
the thrust bearings. replacement.
XII I
A-A A-A
0.I _c_o_r.re-ct_ ... l Incorrect
Any visible exfoliation or cracking of the thrust bearing metal surface also indicates the need for replacement.
Instruction Manual
,•,::~ilIMtJt~§iit 5-3
MET18SRC Tz·EM18-0002
Fig. S-2 Procedure for measuring the clearance between the journal bearings and the rotor shaft
I Knock piij
A pin for locking is located on the journal bearings. If the pin width has been worn by 2 mm or more, or if it is
damaged, the journal bearings should be replaced with new ones.
)•!J?~:;
Knock pin
Sliding surface
Fig. S-3 Journal bearing Knock pin
Instruction Manual
.•,=~•IMffi~fiiii 5-4
MET18SRC Tz·EM18·0002
2. Rotor Shaft
The part of the rotor shaft that slides against the journal bearings is known as the journal part, and the shaft side is
also subject to wear.
Close observation of the rotor shalt will reveal the sliding width relative to the journal bearings. Wear on the journal
part of the shaft is determined by measuring the diameters of the journal bearing sliding parts and the areas outside
(C and T).
If the outer diameter of the sliding part is at least 0.02mm less than the diameter of the adjacent area outside, please
consult with MHI.
Note that the diameter of the center part of the shaft is slightly less than the journal part at the time of manufacture.
Fig. 5-4 Confirmation of the outer diameters of the rotor shaft and journal parts
3. Compressor Impeller
3.1 Inspection
Confirm that there are no abnormalities such as cracking on the claw clutch on the back side. It is strongly
recommended to undertake dye check inspection on the back side of the compressor impeller, as well as all
surfaces of the blades. If any defects are detected, the impeller should be replaced with a new one.
Light contact between the impeller blade tips and the air inlet guide (such that a metallic luster is exhibited) is not a
problem. and the impeller may continue to be used. However, if contact results in burrs on the blade tips, please
consult with MHI.
In the event that the leading edges of the impeller blades are indented from collision with a foreign object. please
note the location and size. and contact MHI for consultation.
3.2 Cleaning
The impeller is made of heat-resistant aluminium alloy. Cleaning should be performed with a soft object such as a
sponge, with surface dirt removed using kerosene or warm water. Do NOT use a wire brush or any similar hard
object.
When using commercially available cleanser, be sure to confirm that it will not have any negative effect on
aluminium material.
Instruction Manual
5-5
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
4. Radial Turbine
Tip lines
Blade root
Fig. 5-5 Standards for replacement due to radial turbine blade wear
If and when the following abnormalities are observed, discontinue use and immediately consult with MHI.
• Excessive contact of the radial turbine blade tip line
• Indentations from collision by the radial turbine blades with a foreign object
Instruction Manual
J.. .:!l!IIIMffii:&it 5-6
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
5. Nozzle
5.1 Inspection of nozzle
In the same way with the radial turbine blade, the nozzle vane may wear at the trailing edge due to the collision of
the combustion residues included in the exhaust gas. If any part of the vane is damaged as indicated in Fig. 5-6,
replace the nozzle.
If the leading edge presents indentations caused by the collision with foreign matters or trailing edge presents
bending, replace the nozzle.
6. Silencer
6. 1 Inspection of silencer
As shown in the Fig. 5-7, air filter and perforated plate are removed from the silencer to take out the element in
quarters.
Replace the element if it has separation or defects.
Replace the perforated plate if it is damaged.
If the air filter is broken, replace it.
Instruction Manual
5-7
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Perforated plate
Element
Case
Air filter
<iir,lr},riiwi~~-~
7 [7c~·-;:;, -~
~·-~~:7t,;'t~'.;r.t"-~;/,'~:··· ~"·,·
.• ~./
~-"· .....~~vi.· · ··. · · ·
. ,~i.trt}l~.,~~
Instruction Manual .
5-8
MET18SRC Tz-EM 18-0002
7. Other parts
7 .1 Thrust collar
Replace the thrust collar if the scratches are remarkable. Slight scratches are to be cared smoothly with
7 .3 ·o· -ring
Do not reuse the "O"-ring but replace.
7.4 Packing
Do not reuse the packing but replace.
Instruction Manual
5-9
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
1. Turbocharger Troubleshooting
2. Clearance Table
Instruction Manual
).., MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-1
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
1. Turbocharger Troubleshooting
Problem Immediate action Cause Remedy
Air filter contamination Remove and clean air filter
Turbine side contamination Overhaul and clean turbine side
Replace turbine blades
Reduce speed to load at which wear damage
(consult with MHI)
surging stops. Air cooler contamination Refer to engine manual
Compressor If necessary.open air cooler Exhaust gas protection grill
1 Refer to engine manual
surging inspection hole to stop surging blockaae
(be careful of elevated exhaust Problem with fuel oumo Refer to enaine manual
temperature). Exhaust gas boiler
Refer to vessel manual
contamination
Problem with engine room air
Check circulation fan operation
circulation
If the problem is not resolved by means of the action(s) recommended in the above table, or in the event that
turbocharger overhaul cannot be perfonned, please consult with MHI.
Instruction Manual
).., MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-2
MET18SRC Tz-EM18·0002
2. Clearance Table
TYPE MET18SRC
POINT DESIGN LIMIT
A 0.30-0.60 0.70
B 0. 30-0. 50 0.60
E = F 0.07-0.12 0.15
G 0 -
H 0.10-0.16 -
v 0.30-0.60 0.70
w 0.30-0.50 0.60
Instruction Manual
}.._ MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-3
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
....
a.,., ~8
.,., CD a::,
CD
<(
I
<(
.,.,
a 0
CD
.,.,
" ~
GO
j_<
(J)
.,.,
(J)
CIQ
.,.,
0
co
~
' - ('j
00
II) II)
.,.,
0
II)
iii
....
Instruction Manual
) .. MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-4
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
!I
Instruction Manual
), MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-5
MET18SRC Tz-EM18·0002
Instruction Manual
,t,. MITSU815111 HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 6-6
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
FAX 095-821-2279
TEUFAX +45-4738-6501
E-mail : [email protected]
Instruction Manual
).. MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 6-7
MET16SRC Tz-EM18-0002
GTS Turbo DleHI Service Ltd. Turbo Exchange Service Pte ltd.
AydintepeMah. G-50Sk. GemdokSan. Sitesi No:10 Tuzla, Istanbul. Turhy No49 Gui Driw, Singapore 629495
Tel.: +90-216-392-1686/1082,Telefax: +90-216-392-1067 TEL +65 6897 8297
e-mail: [email protected] FAX +65 6897 8298
www. turboexchange. com. sg
Marine Turbo Engineering Ltd.
Abbey Hoose. Abbey Street Priory Trading Estate. Birkenhead CH41 5JU, U.K. Taknas Engineering (Pte) Ltd.
Tel.: +44-151-647·8141, Telefax: +44-151-666-2143 Blk.6. No. 102, Pandan Loop, Jurong. Singapore 0512. Singapore
e-mail: [email protected] Tel.: +65-7775856.Telefax: •65-7796711
Instruction Manual
~ MITSU81SNI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 6-8
MET18SRC Tz-EM18·0002
South America
Polestar Engineering Co. Ltd.
186-3, Dong Sam-Dong, Young Do-Ku, Pusan, South Korea Cur~ Drydock Company, Inc.
Tel.: +82-51-414-5514-6, Telefax: +82-51-414·5517 Dokweg 1, Koningsplein z/m Willemstad, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles
Tel.: +599-~733-0000. -0271, Telefax: +599-~736-5580, .737.9950
Dalkal Engineering Pte. Ltd.
15 Joo Yee Road. Singapore 619200. Singapore Crom-II & Cla S.A.
Tel.: +65-268-6595, Telefax: +65-261-2725 California 733, 1168 Buenos Aires, Argentina
Tel.: +54-11-4301-4124-5,Telefax: +54-11-4302-7407
Goltens MalaY$1a Sdn. Bhd.
No. 4A Jalan Tun Mohd, Fuad 1. Iarnan Tun Or. isl113i, 60000 K:i.ala Lumpur, Malaysia Asmar Shipbuilding and Docking Company
Tel.: +60-J-7725-8203-4, Telefax: +60-3-7725-8135 Altamirano 1015 P.O. BOX 150-V,Valparaiso. Chile
e-mail: navion@tm net my Tel.: +56-32-259427,Telefax: +56-32-214032
Oceania Turbogen
Lugones 1851155. RA-1430 Buenos Aires, Argentin1
Dynamic Turbocharger Service Pty. Ltd. Tel.: +54-11-4521-5667, Telefax: +54-11-4521·8283
50 King Street, Airport West, Victoria 3042. Australia e-mail: [email protected]
Tel.: •61-3-9338-7422. Telefax: +61-3-9330-3904
Instruction Manual
) .. MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 6-9
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
Instruction Manual
) ... MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD." 7-1
MET18SRC Tz-EM18-0002
18SRC
Amount of solid cleaning agent
( liters /implementation ) 0.05-0.1
Instruction Manual
.+, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 7-2
MET1BSRC Tz-EM18-0002
Initially, cleaning should be performed at least once every 200 to 250 hours. Subsequently, the interval should be
adjusted up or down in accordance with performance values such as exhaust temperature, scavenge air pressure,
and turbocharger rpm.
The following table indicates limits for air pressure and turbine inlet temperature value during cleaning.
If actual values are higher at normal load, then the load should be reduced.
Table 7.2 Air pressure and turbine inlet temperature during cleaning
MET18SRC
sequence.
Valve [1]-Valve@
3) Place the designated amount of plant solid cleaning medium in tank®
medium.
Valve CD --. Valve@
5) Close the valves in the following sequence.
Valve@--. Valve CD
Instruction Manual
,,t, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. 7-3
MET1BSRC Tz-EM18-0002
Cap
(Cleaning agent inlet)
Service air
Gas inlet casing 4-5 kg/er-A]
0.4-0.5 t.4Po
[ 4-S eer
If the engine performance changes rapidly when the deaning medium is introduced, for example if severe
surging occurs, try cleaning using about half of the recommended amount of cleaning agent in Table 7 .1. After
confirming that there is no sudden engine performance change, repeat the cleaning process.
After completion of cleaning, and assuming no improvement in performance indicators such as exhaust
temperature, scavenge air pressure, and turbocharger speed, repeat the procedure described above. If no
change is observed after several repetitions, it will be necessary to undertake overhaul and conventional
cleaning.
Instruction Manual
~ MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD. 7-4
MET18SRC Tz·EM18·0002
2) Fill water of 0.25 liter into the sytinge for blower and attach to the blower.
3) Wash with water for about 20 to 40 seconds.
4) If the indication of air pressure gauge does not return, repeat the washing with water 10 minutes later.
5) After the water washing. carry out the loading operation for at least one ( 1) hour.
6) If the air pressure does not return even after perfonning the above washing, overhaul both blower slde
and turbine side to clean thoroughly.
Table 7-3 Air pressure and water supply during the water washing
-------------
MET18SRC
-~
One-touch coupling I
Instruction Manual
.• ... MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES,LTD. 7-5
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Air Cooler, Exhaust Manifold & Turbocharger No. Page
18 TurbochargerBlower Washing Procedure 18-05a-OO 1/1
If the turbocharger blower becomes fouled, the exhaust gas temperature may rise and the service life of fuel
injectors and exhaust valves may be shortened. Washing the blower too late has less effect than washing it in
a timely fashion. Therefore, wash the blower periodically and check the boost air pressure before and after
washing it.
(1) Wash the blower during a run at about 30 - 40% of full load. Continue the run under load for at least
10 - 15 min after washing the blower.
(2) If the boost air pressure is not restored even after washing the blower, overhaul the turbocharger and
clean it.
(3) Fresh water alone is not effective in cleaning the blower. Use cleaning fluid (P/#137616-18400) to
wash the blower.
(4) Do not wash it just before halting operation. Corrosion may form.
©
(Q)
Hand Pump
ou,oS-OOB
1) Washing procedures
(1) Operate the engine 30 - 40% of full load.
(2) Open the drain cock on the boost air passage.
(3) Suck a measured amount of cleaning fluid into a hand pump. (about 0.25 Q)
(4} Connect the hand pump to the water filler plug, and pump the cleaning fluid in over 20 to 40 sec.
(5)Add the same amount of fresh water the same as just described.
(6) Repeat steps (3) to (5) three or four times.
(7) If the boost air pressure is not restored, repeat the washing procedure again after waiting 10 minutes or
more.
(8) After washing the blower, close the drain cock and attach the cap on the filler plug.
(9) When through washing, continue the run under load for at least 10 to 15 min.
VANMAR
&EYIBtAlL tln!l~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 ~it>?ilPII
Parts List of lntercooler 18·51a-OO 1/2
1 1
t?
& '7 71' *1'-JL,ffllj
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
0198fl·OOX
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL t!Mnt&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 ~->?>~ft
Parts List of lntercooler 18-51a-OO 2/2
VANMAR
GEYIO(AlL tlOOlflH.&~BJJi! Operation Manual M46623
Page
18 MiU±t.JA~ ':J -r W &Jz jJltff No.
Parts List of Boost Air Pressure Switch Pipe & Pressure Gauge 18-55a-OO 1/2
77,(;t-,(-JL,fll~
FLYWHEEL SIDE
0194'6-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB(A)L ttMnt&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 M~Iz:t.J A 1' ~:1 T'I &Iz:t.Jlt\f
Parts List of L.O. Pressure Switch Pipe & Pressure Gauge 18-55a-OO 2/2
VAIIMAR
&EYIBtAlL tl~~j&~B}Ji!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 m•-:, =-*- JI; t-:
Parts List of Exhaust Gas Manifold 18-57a-OO 1/2
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~IW~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 tfiit~ =-*-JL, t,: 18-57a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Exhaust Gas Manifold
§tlfl
No
1
vl'\Jt,
Level
1
*,-'I
Order
mi~-~
Part No.
146673-13510
~.r~:!~
1\1-t?:*-M NO. 2. 3. 5. 6
Part Name
MANIFOLD. EXHAUST
,'!~ Q'ty
A
2
B
2
·~
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 SAL
Remarks
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL fl!VJl&t.&maJle Operation Manual M46623
01'-08-00X
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL t!!MJDH&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
YANMAII
&EYIO(AlL flfV)l&.!&filtBJH.I Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 m I{,tti c ff 18-61a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Exhaust Gas Outlet Pipe
t
4
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL t.\!!W~t.&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
No . Page
18 •• tti Cl ff 18-61 a-00 2/2
Parts List of Exhaust Gas Outlet Pipe
YAN MAR
' &EYIO(AlL tllV11JX!&fillBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 ltfi!kii. 18-64a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Insulation Covering
NO. 1CYLO)J1.
ONLY FOR NO. 1 CYL.
3
YANMAA
GEYIB!AlL tllilBlt&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 ltf;!kiitl 18-64a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Insulation Covering
Y.IINM.IIR
I
&EY18(AlL tlOOJ&t&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
IllJif g~ 6/JJ/, lt No. Page
18 ,-1:::-,~ :-,t-,<-':J (MET18)
18-66a-OO 1 /4
Parts List of Turbine Inner Parts (MET18)
49 4113 14 31
45
76
77
68
69
A-A
48 46
47
l 9
l7
63 64
65 52
29
30
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL r,tMIOH&fillBA~ Operation Manual M46623
.llli
No
1
l;/'{J~
Level
2
t-'I
Order
fil ~-~
Part No.
X18SR106 ;r-Jl, t-
an~~~
BOLT
Part Name
iili Q'ty
A
12
B
12
-~
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 SAL
Remarks
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~M~t&~flJf~ Operation Manual M46623
1/IM W$6!Mzlf No. Page
18 ,-t::~1' ~t-1<-';J (MET18) 18-66a-OO 3/4
Parts List of Turbine Inner Parts (MET18)
::J ::t-~
DEFUSER
SCREW
1
2
1
2
37
38
2
2
*
Xl8SR472
'J '7:f- 7 :.,-t 1 'r> ~ '../'/ CASING
Q - IJ :_.,Jj 0-LING
1
2
1
2
39 2 X18SR473 ::J;t-~ SCREW 2 2
40 2 X18SR475 7-.. :f rJ '..IJ/'t::.'..I SPRING PIN 1 1
41 2 X18SR48 ?X~':J SCROLL 1 1
42 2 X18SR481 :1v- t- PLATE 4 4
43 2 X18SR482 ;f-JL, I- BOLT 3 3
44 2 X18SR483 I \ ;:t, -+f tj ;:t, SPRING WASHER 3 3
45 2 X18SR50 ~3'..I~ SILENCER 1 1
46 2 X18SR501 ''*-+fti::t, SPRING WASHER 6 6
47 2 X18SR502 -t·;., I- NUT 6 6
48 2 X18SR503 '7 I ::J ~ ;f-JL, I- STAD BOLT 6 6
49 2 X18SR55 I7-;J,(JL,1I AIR FILTER 1 1
50 2 X18SR561 ;f-JL, I- BOLT 4 4
51 2 X18SR563 ,,::t,-+ftj* SPRING WASHER 4 4
52 2
* CJ-11~'7 ROTOR SHAFT 1 1
53 2
* 7-..57-.. t-t.15- THRUST COLLAR 1 1
54 2
* 7,._1)-7 SLEEVE 1 1
55 2
* l\;t-'/JI/~ GEAR 1 1
56 2
* ~'J 3 -t·:; t- NUT 1 1
57 2
* -+fti* WASHER 1 1
58
59
2
2
*
X18SR70
5 ~7 Jl,1! -1:::.,
t?~'J?'r
RADIAL TURBIN
JOURNAL BEARING
1
2
1
2
60 2 X18SR71 A 7A ~~?'?'T(~ -1:J#'?) THRUST BEARING 1 1
61 2 X18SR713 o ':J 1J 'J 7 T ·;i =f-;f{Jt, t- BOLT 4 4
YAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL ~OO~t&~aJlm: Operation Manual M46623
I/IJ! g~ D/Mlilt No. Page
18 11- t::~-1' ~-t-1<-':J (MET18)
-~
18-66a-OO 4/4
Parts List of Turbine Inner Parts (MET18)
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tl!lll&~&fillBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
& 7 '7 ,(
OPPOSITE
* ,( -
SIDE
Jl,ffl!J
OF FLYWHEEL 2
~1
&7 5 ,(;t-,(-Jt,fflg
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
OU84i·OOX
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL fflOOJ&t&fillBJj~ Operation Manual M46623
Jtlfj
No
1
v"'J"
Level
1
t-'I
Order
81!6/i3~
Part No.
153602-92950 -J=j'f
8!16/i ~ *1i
PLUG
Part Name
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
ffllf& Q'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
Remarks
YAN MAR
GEYIOIAlL tl™l~f&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 I. 7 ~? t-. (MET18)
18-69a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Air Duct (MET18)
& ? 7-<*-<SIOE
OPPOSITE
- JI.,~ OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL U!M~t&fillB_ij~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
18 Z7~? t-- (MET18) 2/2
18-69a-OO
Parts List of Air Duct (MET18)
(1) fgft;itltt ..
(2) A BUIBi±fi
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL flml~t&~BJl. Operation Manual M46623
i-15
~16
@-,1
e-21
~14
020:283-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tl!Wlfil~~BJl. Operation Manual M46623
ll±I
No
l
(.,l'\}l,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
~~-~
Part No.
153602-92900
an~~~
:ta ?-t? :.,:; 3 '? 'J '?T
Part Name
VAN MAR
21
Main Bearing & Crankshaft
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing& Crankshaft No. Page
21 Outline 21-01a-OO 1/1
The crankshaft is made of the forged carbon steel. The pin and journal diameters are induction hardened and
then polish-finished.
The engine vibration is controlled by placing balance weights in the each arm.
The main bearing cap is firmly fastened to the cylinder block with two main bearing bolts and two side bolts.
The main bearing bolt is tightened using hydraulic pressure applied to a special tool.
The main bearing and the crankpin bearing are made of aluminum.
I
I
YAN MAR
&EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 1/8
Side bolts
The main bearing caps 1-7 are equipped with side bolts.
The bearing numbers are marked on the main bearing caps, the tightening nuts, and the side bolts.
f f f f f + f
No.1
Main Bearing Cap No. No.7 No.6 No.5 No.4 No.3 No.2
Stamped Mark of On the operation side No.71 No.61 No.51 No.41 No.31 No.21 No.11
lightening Nut & Side Bolt On the non-operation side No.72 No.62 No.52 No.42 No.32 No.22 No.12
011710-00E
1. Main Bearing
Any main bearing cap cannot be taken out through the cylinder side cover. Check or replace a main bearing
metal from the operating side according to the following procedures:
1) Disassembling preparation
( 1) Prepare the following exclusive tools:
[For the hydraulic pump & hydraulic jack type]
W 92-02 How to Use the Hydraulic Tools
CD Body 146673-92100
@ Nut 26706-120002
@ Bolt 146673-92120
YAN MAR
6EY181AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhaulingthe Main Bearing 21-02a-00 2/8
(2) To facilitate the check or replacement work, set the piston adjacent to the main bearing to be disassem-
bled at a position about 120° before the T.O.C.
2) Disassembly
( 1) Fit a hydraulic jack, and connect it with a hydraulic pump.
01n11-001
(2) Remove the side bolts from the main bearing to be disassembled.
(3) Loosen the main bearing cap clamping nuts, applying the hydraulic pressure to the hydraulic jack.
If the main bearing cap cannot be drawn out due to its own weight:
O Loosen the side bolts of the adjacent main bearing caps.
O Loosen the main bearing cap tightening nuts two to three turns, and then draw out the main bearing
cap using the drawing-out tools.
Lock the drawing-out tool body <D to the main bearing cap bolts with the bolts®· Then, screw the bolt@
to the main bearing cap, and turn the nut@ to draw out the main bearing cap.
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 3/8
(4) Remove the main bearing cap tightening nuts, and attach the main bearing cap holding implement to
the main bearing cap clamping bolts.
&CAUTION~-------------------~
Do not remove both tightening nuts simultaneously.Otherwise, the main bearing cap may fall,
resulting in injury.
Screw each circular nut® into the corresponding holding bolt® to lock the holding bolt with the correspond-
ing main bearing cap clamping bolt. Adjust the position of circular nuts to make them hold the main bearing
cap.
5
017173-00X
VAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 4/8
Fit the attaching/ detaching pin Cl) to the crankshaft oil hole from the no-operating side (so that the head
of attaching/detaching pin lies along the outer periphery of crankshaft). Slowly turn the flywheel in the
direction of engine rotation, and draw out the upper metal to the operating side.
Thrust metals are equipped on both the front and the rear of the datum part (No.O) main bearing cap.
• Remove the lub.oil pump and side bolt on the non-operating side first, and then disassemble the No.O
bearing cap in the same way as for the No.1 thrust 7 main bearing caps.
Do not correct the rear and slicing surface of any main bearing or thrust metal because such a
corrective repair changes the clearance between the metal and the crankshaft.
YAN MAR
6EYl8(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 5/8
8
Studding torque: 196+4 N · m
(4) Measure the clearance between the crankshaft and the metal.
CD An accurate method of measuring the clearance is to remove the crankshaft and then to measure
its outer diameter and the inner diameter of a main bearing cap.
® To obtain the clearance without removing the crankshaft, place and about 0.5 mm dia. lead wire on
the sliding surface of main bearing lower metal (along the outer periphery of crankshaft to prevent
the lead wire from slipping with grease, etc.), tighten the main bearing cap tightening nuts to the
specified hydraulic pressure. take out the lead wire, and then measure its thickness. You can deter-
mine the clearance between the crankshaft and metal from this thickness.
(5) If the clearance exceeds the maximum allowable value due to wear of the metal, replace it with the new
one.
When replacing the metal, be sure to replace both the upper and lower metals as a pair.
If the crankshaft is excessively worn (unevenly worn), replace the metals with undersized metals.
Also, it is necessary to rework the crankshaft by polishing it so that it fits with the new undersized metals.
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-00 6/8
<Thrust metals>
(1) Check for wear and burnout.
(2) If the clearance exceeds the maximum allowable value due to wear, replace both the upper and lower
metals as a pair.
CD Fix the dial gauge stand to the cylinder block. Put the dial gauge in contact with the crankshaft. Then,
move the crankshaft forward to set the indication of the gauge to zero.
(2) Move the crankshaft backward. Then, read the value indicated by the gauge. The indicated value is the
thrust clearance.
CD Incorporate each one of the upper and lower metals of the frontal and rear parts at the respective
former point, not mistaking one for other.
@ Incorporate the upper metal by mating its printed part with the cylinder block side and sliding it along
the crankshaft.
@ Incorporate the lower metal, mating its groove with the crankshaft side.
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 718
MaloB~CapJ~UHole
Clamping Bott
I
Position the upper metal in the forward-backward direction so that its pawl will mate with the pawl hole in
the cylinder block.
(3) Attach the upper metal inserting implement Q) to the main bearing cap (from which the lower metal is
detached).
Attach the implement, mating its one curved end with the outer periphery of a main bearing cap clamping
bolt on the operating side and aligning the other stepped end with the inner periphery (on the pawl hole
side) of main bearing cap.
(4) Insert the attaching/ detaching pin(!) to the crankshaft oil hole on the non-operating side.
Put the head of metal attaching/ detaching pin along and in close contact with the outer periphery of
crankshaft with the proper grease so as not to allow the pin to fall during turning.
(5) Tiqhten the circular nuts @ of the main bearing cap holding implement until the upper metal inserting
implement @ is about to make contact with the rear of the upper metal.
YANMAA
&EYIO(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Main Bearing 21-02a-OO 8/8
(6) Slowly turn the flywheel in a direction reverse to the direction of engine rotation.
Make sure the side of pawl of the upper metal is in contact with the side of the metal inserting implement.
If they are not in contact, the pawl does not fit in the pawl hole.
(7) When the pawl of the metal has been aligned with the pawl hole in the cylinder block, continue turning
the flywheel until the metal end aligns with the cylinder block end.
(8) Loosen the circular nuts ® to lower the main bearing cap. Remove the metal attaching/ detaching pin (!)
and metal inserting implement@ . Then, incorporate the lower metal.
(9) Tighten the circular nuts® and remove the holding bolts@. Then. fit main bearing cap tightening nuts.
f CAUTION i-------------------------
Fit the tightening nuts one side a time. When a main bearing cap falls under its own weight, there is a
fear you might be injured.
(1 O)nghten the nuts until the main bearing cap makes a close contact with the cylinder block.
If the side bolts of main bearings adjacent to the main bearing involved in disassembly have been loos-
ened, first tighten the side bolt on the non-operating side, and then the side bolt on the operating side to
the specified torque.
(11 )nghten the side bolt on the non-operating side to half of the specified torque. (Have the bolt on the
operating side removed in advance.)
(12)Tighten the side bolt on the operating side to its seating by hand.
(13)Tighten the main bearing cap tightening nuts to the specified hydraulic pressure.
(14)Tighten the side bolt on the non-operating side to the specified torque.
(1 S)Tighten the side bolt on the operating side to the specified torque
IWJ 00-10 Table of nghtening Torques of Major Bolts & Nuts
u~~~~~~~~~~~~--
After incorporating the main bearing, measure the crankshaft deflection.
IWJ 21-04 Measurment of Crankshaft Deflection
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Overhauling the Crankshaft 21-03a-OO 1/1
The crankshaft requires careful checking and measurement because it may be broken or burnt out if you con-
tinue running under the following states of crankshaft:
011771·00X
In a burnout of the crankshaft bearing part, not only the correction and replacement o main bearing or
thrust metals but also check for hair cracks through measurement of the surface hardness and magnetic
flaw detection.
YAII MAR
&EYIO!AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Measurement of Crankshaft Deflection 21-04a-OO 1/4
If the crankshaft deflection becomes too large, the crankshaft may be broken, resulting in an accident. Conse-
quently, you should measure the crankshaft deflection periodically.
(5) Slowly turn the flywheel in the rotational direction of the engine, and take and record readings of the dial
gauge at the position E, P, E, and PB.
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Measurement of Crankshaft Deflection 21-04a-OO 2/4
Fig. 21-04-3
Dial Gauge Reading + -
Crankshaft ~ 017780-00X ~
01nu~aox
(expansion below) (constraction below)
(1) If the deflection increases every time it is periodically measured, this is probably caused by wear in the
crankshaft and/or the main bearings. If the deflection increases suddenly in just one cylinder, you should
suspect that the corresponding main bearing is worn abnormally. In these cases, check the relevant
parts.
(2) Since the measured deflection when the engine is hot will depending largely on the engine temperature
at the time the measurement is taken, it cannot be relied on.
However, according our test results, that deflection is roughly 2/10,000 to 3/10,000 x stroke (Constrac-
tion below).
3) Allowable deflection
(1) For direct coupling systems like ® & © , the normal deflection for the No.1 cylinder is constraction
below.
(2) For direct coupling systems like @ , adjust the deflection for the No.1 cylinder until it expand below
because the temperature increase in the engine bearings while running is greater than that in the
generator bearings. Thus the center of the crankshaft will become comparatively higher.
Table: Allowable deflection values [Unit: 1/100mm] Note: "S" stands for stroke
No.1 Cyl.
Installation
Coupling System Driven Machine T-PB/EB No.2-6 Cyl.
System P-E
(direction) (direction)
Generator,
Direct
-5.6 - +2.8 ± 2.8 ± 2.8
® (Direct coupling) single side of the
bearing
(stationary) ( -2S - 18
10,000 ] ( ± 1S
10,000 ] ( ±1S
10,000 ]
Generator, ± 2.8 ± 2.8 ± 2.8
Direct
@ (Direct coupling) both sides of the
bearing
(stationary) ( ±1S
10,000 ) ( ± 15
10,000 ) ( +1S
10,000 )
·5.6 - +2.8 ± 2.8 ± 2.8
Pump& Direct
© (flexible coupling) compressor (stationary) ( -2S - 1S ]
10,000 ( ±15
10,000 ] ( ± 15
10,000 J
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Measurement of Crankshaft Deflection 21-04a-OO 3/4
@--
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Mainbearing & Crankshaft No. Page
21 Measurement of Crankshaft Deflection 21-04a-OO 4/4
Flexble Coupling
OU>H·OO&
@After the finishing from (1) to (4) work, put the intermediate board and install the reamer bolts.
Specifications
Face deflection : Less than 0.2 mm (dial gauge at point A}
Outer circumference deflection : Less than 0.10 mm (dial gauge at point B)
Assuming that the flexible coupling installed directly in the flywheel or the single bearing generator is
raised 0.2 mm above the engine, in the sag cauged by the flywheel.
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL :f!OOl&t&filtBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
21 ;I. -{ ~ ;I. 'J. ) l,,
Parts List of Main Metal 21-51a-OO 1/2
019471-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AIL ~OO!Dit&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
21 :J. ,( ';.I :J. 'J. J ~
Parts List of Main Metal 21-51a-OO 2/2
YANMAA
GEYIB(AlL ~M~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
21 ??~?~-'('? ~&??-1*,(-)L,
Parts List of Crankshaft & Flywheel 21-52a-00 1/3
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL tlMlfli!&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
A:6EY18L B:6EY18AL
YAN MAR
GEY10(AlL t1U~nt&filHI.IH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
21 ?7:.,?~~? t-&?"5-1'*-(-Jl,
Parts List of Crankshaft & Flywheel 21 -52a-OO 3/3
YANMAA
&EY18(AlL t&OOl&t&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
21 7 7-1' *.-f-JL,ffitf-
Parts List of Flywheel 21-53a-OO 1 /2
2 019472-001
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~OOlfSit&filiB..W~ Operation Manual M46623
21-53a-OO
Page
2/2
YAN MAR
Piston & Connecting Rod
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Outline 22-01a-OO 1/1
The piston is a thin solid self-contained object made of ductile cast iron. The cocktail shaker system is used to
cool the upper part. The piston is cooled by the lubricating oil supplied through the hole in the connecting rod.
A set of piston rings consist of three rings. There are two compression rings and one oil ring. Each ring has
been chrome plated on the sliding surface.
Cooling Chamber
YAN MAR
&EY1B!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhaulingthe Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 1/7
[For Disassembling
the Protection Ring]
VANMAR
&EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 217
2) Piston drawing-out
While you are drawing out or incorporating the piston, the crankshaft may turn spontaneously due to the
unbalance. This is dangerous. Securely lock the flywheel not to allow the crankshaft to turn. Making sure
the crankshaft does not turn spontaneously, proceed to a work.
(1) Set the piston at a position of about 80 to 90° before the T.D.C.
(2) Place the protection ring drawing-out tool <Don the piston.
Place the tool so that its outer taper faces toward the piston and do not allow it to make contact with the
cylinder liner.
Protection Ring
Taper
018577-002
(3) Install the liner drawing-out upper implement® and spacer@ in the cylinder block as shown in Drawing
7-18. Afterwards, fix the tools with the cylinder head tightening nut.
(4) Turn the flywheel, and remove the protection ring.
(5) Remove the disassembling tools and protection ring.
(6) Eliminate the carbon from the upper part of cylinder liner.
(7) Set the piston at a position of about 30° after the T.D.C.
(8) Loosen the connecting rod bolts with the specified disassembling tool, and then remove the bolts and
metal cap.
(9) Screw the lifting eyebolt into the piston, and lift it by 20 to 30 mm.
(10)Remove the upper metal, and draw out the piston.
Take care to prevent the connecting rod from making a contact with the crankshaft or cylinder liner.
YAN MAR
&EYl8!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 3/7
1-----------------------....
&CAUTION
Note that the circlip springs out to cause an injury if the tip of pliers come out of the groove of circlip in
course of removing the circlip.
(2) Draw out the piston pin while holding the connecting rod.
(3) Make two loops from wire, and then remove a piston ring with them.
Wear gloves because the corners of rings will be sharp edged to cause you an injury after a long time of run.
Be careful not to widen the cut of a ring by more than 40 to 50 mm; otherwise, the ring may be broken.
In cleaning of the piston, do not sandpaper the piston skirt which has been provided with special coating.
(Washing the piston with a carbon removing agent such as Unicon 146 and Neos is recommended.)
(1) Check the contact of piston skirt and piston hole. Fig. 22-02-2
(2) Check the piston by WPenetrateTest.!] for cracks on
its top surface and ring groove (outside & inside).
(3) Remove the piston cooling chamber cover, and Penetrate Test for
Cracks on Piston
check for scale buildup.
(4) Measure the dimensions of various piston parts and
of the piston pin.
(5) If possible, replace the piston rings with new ones,
considering the time to the next servicing.
(6) If the piston is replaced with the new one, provide
the same set mark on the new one as that on the
previous one.
YANMAR
GEYIS!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 417
Set Mark
Coil Joint
(4) Incorporate the oil ring with its coil joint shifted 180° from its cut.
(5) Incorporate the piston and connecting rod, aligning their set marks with each other.
VAii MAR
6EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 5/7
(6) Apply the lubricating oil to the piston, cylinder liner Fig. 22-02-4 Piston Reassembling Procedures
and crankshaft.
(7) Set the piston inserting guide (P/#147673 - 92140),
and incorporate the piston.
(While tapping the piston with a resin hammer,
drive the piston down.) Piston inserting Guide
(8) Match the set mark of the big end cap and the con-
nectingrod, install the cap. Tighten the connecting
rod bolts.
6-------
If you have restamped the set mark on a connecting rod 019510-GOi
bolt, do not mistake the new set mark for the previous
set mark.
If a water hammer has occurred or a heavy burnout of the piston has been detected, measure the bend
and inclination of the connecting rod, and dye check for cracks.
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 6/7
(1} Check the contact on the rear and mating surface of Fig. 22-02-5 Metal Thickness Measuring Points
each metal, and also check for cranks, seizure and
imbedded foreign matters on the sliding surface of
each metal. Approx. 40mm A
(2) Incorporate the crank-pin metals to the connecting
rod, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the
specified angle. Then, measure the inner diameter
of the metals. If the measurement exceeds the
usage limit value, replace the metals. Approx.
(3) Measure the thickness of the upper and lower metals. If the difference between the dimensions@&©
and the dimensions@&@ is 0.04 mm or more, replace the metals.
(4}When incorporating the metals to the connecting rod, clean them not to allow biting-in offoreign matters.
Moreover, do not apply the lubricating oil the rear of the metals.
(2) When disassembling a connecting rod, be sure to restamp the set mark which has been stamped on
each connecting rod bolt just before the shipment from our shop because the tightening torque of the
bolt varies as depended on accustoming of the bolt threaded part and bearing surface and the big
end serration mated surface.
(3) To prevent the bolts from being broken due to fatigue, replace them about every 20,000 hours even if
their appearance is normal.
2) Reassembling procedures
{1) Be sure to incorporate the bolts at the respectively previous positions.
(2) Before tightening the bolts, apply the lubricating oil to the treated part and Protec grease to the bearing
surface.
(3) Tighten the upper and lower bolts gradually in the three steps (approx. 40°, 80° and 120°), aligning with
the set mark to the point Bon the connecting rod.
• Keep the deviation between the set mark of the bolt and the set mark of the connecting rod in less than
2 mm in the bolt tightening direction.
VAIIMAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Pistons & Connecting Rods No. Page
22 Overhauling the Pistons, Pistons & Connecting Rods 22-02a-OO 717
Stamp a set mark on each bolt according to the following procedures under the condition that the crank-
pin metals are not equipped.
(1) Apply the lubricating oil and Protec grease to each bolt, and screw it to its seating by hand.
(2) Using a torque wrench, tighten the bolt to the seating torque.
After replacing connecting rod bolts or the connecting rod, repeat tightening the bolts by about 90' and
loosening them three or four times to make the bolts and the connecting rod accustomed each other.
I Seating torque: 49 N •m I
(3) Stamp a temporary set mark on the side of the bolt Fig. 22-02-6 Connecting Rod Bolt Marks
collar, aligning with the set mark at the point ® on
the connecting rod.
•
(4) Tighten the upper and lower bolts gradually in the Temporary Set Mark
three steps (approx. 40°, 80° and 120°), aligning
with the set mark to the point ® on the connecting
rod. ~ I $,
(5) Stamp a set mark on the side of the bolt collar,
aligning with the set mark at the point® on the con-
necting rod.
VAN MAR
GEY10(AlL ~OO~t&~EljJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
22 l::A t,.~&ilti.
Parts List of Piston & Connecting Rod 22-51a-OO 1/3
17
(:)
-~------'--- 4
-::..------,----5
23
27-------~
30
1 8
YANMAA
&EYIBIAIL t1H~l&t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
22 !:' A t- ~ &ifflti.
Parts List of Piston & Connecting Rod 22-51a-OO 2/3
Jtlti
No
1
(..,i'\JL,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
$~-~
Part No.
746623-22010
$~~~
t"At-::.., ASSY
Part Name
PISTON ASSY
A
6
B
6
-~
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 BAL
OOl!t O'ty
Re11arks
No. Page
22 t:A t,. ~ &iltt•
Parts List of Piston & Connecting Rod 22-51a-OO 3/3
YAN MAR
f.USl)lll•Bil
Lubricating Oil System
30
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Outline 30-01a-OO 1/1
GOVERNOR
SOA
~~
20ASTPG
STPG
0c.o:wCEr----;i,,.-----~ :
COMMON BED INCORPORATED
SUMP TANK
_
ll-.! - - :, .;:- --------i\!:v
'
.
'65A
LO.OVERFLOW
OUTLET
_0.
VANMAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Pump 30-02a-OO 1 /1
1. Disassembly
(1) Disconnect the suction pipe and delivery pipe from the lubricating oil pump, and then remove the pump.
(2) Remove the pump drives gear and the cover of pump housing, and detaches the pump gear.
Since the pump gear and shaft have been shrink fitted, secure the drive gear when you loosen the nut.
Drive Gear
2. Checking
(1) Check for damage or abnormal wear on the pump gear teeth.
(2) Check for damage or burned side surface on the pump gears and housing.
(3) Check for burned area or abnormal wear on the pump shafts and bushing.
(4) Measure the radial clearance and side clearance between the pump gear and the housing.
(5) Measure side clearance between the cover and the housing.
(6) Check for damage and backlash in the drive gear teeth and mounting.
IWJ 00-09 Clearance & Wear limits of Major parts
3. Reassembly
Reassemble the lubricating oil pump in the sequence reverse to disassembly.
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Adjustingand Overhaulingthe Pressure RegulatingValve 30-03a-OO 1/2
(1) Before adjusting the lubricating oil pressure, first clean the lubrication oil filter.
(2) Run the engine, and then adjust the oil pressure to the specified value only after the oil temperature is
steady.
Do not loosen the adjusting bolt to the extent that it can come out of the cover.
Hot oil will spurt out and may scald you.
(1) Detach the cap nut CD and loosen the lock nut (i).
(2) Adjusting the pressure by screwing the adjusting bolt® in or out.
• Clockwise : The Pressure increases.
• Counterclockwise : The Pressure is reduced.
(3) Tighten the lock nut and install the cap nut securely after making the adjustment.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Adjustingand Overhaulingthe Pressure RegulatingValve 30-03a-OO 212
2. Disassembly
(1) Loosen the adjusting bolt after detach the cap nut and loosen the lock nut.
(2) Remove the cover® and take out the spring @and valve@.
Be careful of the spring that spring out from the pressure regulating valve in disassembly to inflict you an
injury.
Disassemble the pressure regulating valve after loosening the pressure adjusting bolt.
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Adjusting and Checking the Thermostats 30-04a-OO 1/2
Piston Element
017920~006
(1) Loosen the cap nut (D and measure the dimension "A" that is a dashing out length from the end of the
cover to the top of adjusting bolt ® , then loosen the lock nut® slightly.
(2) Screw the adjusting bolt in the direction shown by the arrow on the indicator plate.
(The standard length of A is 15 mm.)
• Clockwise : The temperature will decrease.
•Counterclockwise: The temperature will increase.
(3) After the adjustment is complete, tighten the lock nut securely and install the cap nut.
If the temperature dies not drop even after making the adjustment above, suspect that the lubrication oil
cooler is fouled, a piston is sticking, and there is a malfunctioning element or some other cause. Find the
cause and repair the problem.
YAN MA A
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Adjusting and Checking the Thermostats 30-04a-00 2/2
Checking Water
lift (B}
Temperature
Element Spindle
Cold Water That is
30 °c or less
5 ± 0.1 mm
(4) If the element spindle lift does not equal the valves shown above,·replace the element with a new one.
(5) When reassembling, adjust dimension "A" to the value measured in the procedure above.
YAII MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Filter 30-06a-OO 1 /5
Pressure Different
AJr Vent Plug Cock Contact Indicator Cock
masea-eox
2008.1.30R YJINMJIA
&EYIB(AIL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the LubricatingOil Filter 30-06a-00 2/5
VAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Filter 30-06a-OO 3/5
Viscosity too high Wait for normal the engine to heat up and check again.
High volume of dirt Make sure the bypass treatment unit is functional.
YAN MAR
(.,.)
0
A-A 34.68 35,69
75. 76
82
70 ......,..,......
83 rJ;t:,.__c~~~_..::~~~:::=::t=~;:-.~--1-fl~~~~~~~~~
'Tl
co·
i w
i--A C?
0
CJ)
~
z ()
0
(/)
(/)
(/)
~:;si;:n:~- 43
(I)
$l
er
-
:::,
l,..;,;~~~~-\-- 65
_ft..";:f4~~~~~f'fr~~-12 -·
'Tl
-
~~.-J---26 ..,
16 CD
45
'-J<.d1'.Z7''1rtl:rzz:Z2JJ'"'.:r~~~-1--~-11 z
~El::S1!:j~~~-it--~~14
(.,)
0
9
I
0
a,
41 ti)
I
47 0
0
77
23 27 40 4842 15 17
""O
--
ti)
.t,.
<O
(J'1 CD
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Filter 30-06a-OO 5/5
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Cooler 30-08a-OO 1/2
1. Disassembly
{ 1} Drain the lubrication oil from the lubrication oil cooler.
{2} Remove the oil filter from the oil cooler.
(3) Remove the side covers from the cooling water inlet and outlet.
(4) Draw out the cooling water pipe assembly.
Fig. 30-08-1 Disassembly of the Lubricating Oil Cooler (Lube Oil Inlet Side)
0-ring
O Mark
018811-00B
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Overhauling the Lubricating Oil Cooler 30-08a-00 2/2
3. Reassembly
Reassemble the lubrication oil cooler by reversing the sequence used to disassemble it, paying special atten-
tion to the following point.
• Align the "O" mark on the cooling pipe assembly with the one on the cooler body when installing the pipe
assembly and body.
YAN MAR
6EY1BIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Cleaning of Lube Oil Bypass Strainer 30-09a-OO 1 /2
The lubricating oil system is equipped with a centrifugal bypass strainer in addition to the back-flushing auto-
matic filter.
During the run, keep open a cock at outlet of lube oil pump to allow the lubricating oil to flow through the
strainer regularly. When any problem has occurred to the bypass strainer, close the cock to stop the oil flow.
@
~
@
<D
@
Spindle
Body
Nozzle
Bearing
(1) Loosen the tightening nut <D of the body cover~, and then remove the cover~.
(2) Remove the rotor assembly (spindle, rotor cover@) and rotor body@).
(3) Lock the nozzle section of rotor assembly.
When locking the nozzle section, take care not to flaw the nozzle hole and the spindle bearing.
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Lubricating Oil System No. Page
30 Cleaning of Lube Oil Bypass Strainer 30-09a-OO 2/2
(4) Loosen the rotor cover tightening nut@ , and then detach the rotor cover@.
(5) Completely remove the sludge adherent to the rotor@ and inside of rotor cover@, and then wash them.
Completely remove the sludge. Otherwise, the residual sludge may cause an unbalance in rotation,
resulting in damage to the bearing.
(6) Check for flaws of the bearings of body and body cover.
2) Reassembly
Reassemble the lube oil bypass strainer in the sequence reverse to disassembly, pay attention to the follow-
ing points:
(1) Check for clogging of the nozzle and damage of the nozzle hole before incorporating the rotor cover.
(2) Incorporate the body cover after incorporating the assembly into the body and marking sure it rotates
smoothly.
YAN MAR
· &EYIO(AlL t!Ui~t&~B~~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 BJ ~ ;Eb if( :.., ::f
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Pump 30-51 a-00 1 /2
20
<?
& ? 7-( *-(-)!.,~
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
01'}8'7·00X
YAN MAR
&EY10(A)L IUIJ&t&maJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 BJ;ff;lb~~:1
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pump 30-51a-OO 2/2
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL t!!OOJ&!&~B. Wlt Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 l)ffl;&1:f7-(~~'f-;te~:f
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Priming Pump 30-52a-OO 1 /2
16
1 4 1 0 7
2
A-Allriii 8-Blfriii
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
B
0
&7 5-< *-<-JviM
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~Mlfsit&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 ;l;l;i ?'7.-f ~ ';/lj~';/ ?'
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Priming Pl.lTIP 30-52a-OO 2/2
.llli
No
1
1..,1'\Jl,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
$~-f}
Part No.
46130-058780
$~:!iftli
LO 1'51 ~:.,7'i;-;;tb1
Part Name
SUPPORT. GOVENER
illll O'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
Remarks
YAN MAR
6EYl8(AlL t1lM1fllf&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 BJjl;dl~~·
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Cooler
24.--,
1 7-"il
1 2
~
\
\ 12
16
21
13
1 8
15~~
1 1
7 7 -(
FLYWHEEL
*-< -Jl,ffl.lJ
SIDE
19
YAN MAR
&EY1B!AlL ~OO~t.&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 IJ;fl jm)t;iflll
Parts List of Lubricating Di I Cooler 30-53a-OO 2/2
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~~J&f&filiBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
30 BJ ffl';dl II~*
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
No.
30-54a-OO
Page
1/2
"7 71 *
FLYWHEEL
-1' - Jl,ffM
SIDE
ersasc-eux
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tllilfXf.&~EIJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 IHI ;m BJIJJz #
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Pressure Regulating Valve 30-54a-OO 2/2
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL ffl!OO~f&~EIJJi!Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 BJjftjm~ l,;
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Strainer 30-56a-OO 1 /2
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL t&Ml&f&~BJI~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 BJ ffl idl ;:. L
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Strainer 30-56a-OO 2/2
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AJL ffl!fMIJ&f.&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30 Blfflim-tt-=EA~ ':J ~
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Thermostat 30-57a-OO 1/2
YANMAII
&EYIBIAlL ffi!MlfJit&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
30 jf;J~;Eb-tt-~
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Thermostat
A' ':I J..
No.
30-57a-OO
Page
2/2
VAN MAR
&EYIOlAlL tlMl&t.&~BJl!t Operation Manual M46623
11
6 & 7 5 ,{ *,{-JL,ffl.g
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
::i-=E /"" ·:., t,:
COMON BED
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tlMlfSlt&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
6EY18(AIL ti™1lflH&~BJJ~Operation Manual M46623
//11/f/di~Hf E g 1/Jrfl,Jf No. Page
30 B);f;EB'I ( ~ l., 0 UT)
30-59a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Pipe (Strainer OUT)
0
'7 7-< *-< -J\..91~
FLYWHEEL SIDE
',o ~
B
OU8S5-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL :m!IVJ~j&~BjJ~ Operation Manual M46623
ltti
No
1
v"''"
Level
1
t-'I
Order
$~-~
Part No.
146623-39420
ftn~:t~
LotJ:..,A(::J::.,,:\:,oUT)
Part Name
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~M:mit&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
//11/if/f/J~HtEW l!Mzlf No. Page
30 BJffl'jfbff (ll]Jx#- ~ - t:: ~) 1/3
30-60a-OO
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Pipe (Pressure regulating valve -Turbine)
23
~
22
26
32
p
29:=i{f
:;~
0
& 7 7 -< *-< - JL,fflllOF
OPPOSITE SIDE FLYWHEEL
i OU8S6-00X
YAIIMAR
&EY10(AlL tl~J&t&filtSJllt Operation Manual M46623
~It
No
1
L,11\JI,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
!il~lf,ij-
Part No.
146623-39280
ftn~~~
LO ;IJ:.,(T IC t 3 '?7';":.,
Part Name
PIPE. LUB.OIL
A: 6EY18L B: 6EYl8AL
illi O'ty
A
l
B
1
-~
Remarks
VANMAII
GEY10(AlL ~Ml&t&~BJlS Operation Manual M46623
-~
30-60a-OO
Parts List of Lubricating Oi I Pipe (Pressure regulating valve -Turbine)
fill
jllfl
No
v"''"
Level
t-'I
Order
ftnifiiffl~
Part No. ftn6b~~ Part Name
A
O'ty
B Remarks
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tlMJnit&~BJli!= Operation Manual M46623
0
&7'7-f*-f-JL,ffil
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
14
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL tlM!Dit&filtBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
30 jflJ ;I jib. (
/117/f/Ell~l!tE g 9/I,:,'=J.Jf
-;J 7 -1 s. '"_,/ '1)
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe (Priming)
No.
30-61a-00
Page
2/2
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL ~MJfif&fil:iBJH!t Operation Manual M46623
/M/fl/dl*l/iE'I JfJJr,N No. Page
30 1J ffl')fb ff A 1' •:J -r 1f &ff 7.J It ff 1/2
Parts List of L.O. Pressure Switch Pipe & Pressure Gauge 30-62a-OO
ouaso-oox
YANMAR
-r.
&EYIB!AlL ~M~t&filtBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
30
&EY18(AJL
.ii.
lll~U[~f&fillBJH!
30-70a-OO
M46623
Page
1/2
YA II MAR
.;di.
&EYIB(AJL ~OOJJX!.&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
30
Parts List of Dipstick 30-70a-OO 2/2
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL m!~~t&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
~~~-,--~~~~=*~~~)
//1!/f /di$1/f E gC!J,Jl,if No. Page
30
30-80a-OO 1/2
Parts list of Lubricating Oil Pipe(Lubricate Pinion of Fuel Injection Purl>)
13
12 01'851-00X
YANMAA
&EYIB(A)L tlOO~t&filtBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
//J1/ff'/f/J$ l!tlc 11.i/1,Jt, ~ No. Page
30 -ffl~fi(·~~~~~=*~~~) 30-BOa-OO 2/2
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe(lubricate Pinion of Fuel Injection~)
~tfj
No
1
l.11'\)lt
Level
1
'Ir-If
Order
$&iffl:~
Part No.
147643-39621 .ir;
ftB&i:gftl.
B
6
-~
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
ill!!
Rea,arks
YAN MAR
&EY1BtAlL tf!UV]lJjlj,~USlBJH! Operation Manual M46623
//11/if';i/J$1/fE WD!Ml,if No. Page
30 BJffljm9W (§!till) 30-90a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Lubricating Oil Pipe (Generator)
751' *,{
-JL,ffl•
FLYWHEEL SIDE
01985'9-00X
VAN MAR
6EY18(AlL tlOOn:J&filtB)J~Operation Manual M46623
YANMAA
~IP,J<Jii&
Cooling Water System
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Outline
(Two cooling water pumps are equipped on the cylinder block) 40-01a-OO 1/2
1. Outline
The engine cooling water system is divided into two circuits, one the high temperature side circuit to cool the
cylinder liner and cylinder head and the other low temperature side circuit to cool the air cooler, LO cooler and
other auxiliary equipment.
I
L L_··-· -· ~·
'15A8 T
·····-····-----i,...----------'
HOT WATER INLET & OUTLET
TS FOR TRIP
(Remarks)
This is a standard system diagram.
Details at each construction have been described to the final drawing.
YAN MAR
6EY101AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Outline
(Two cooling water pumps are equipped on the cylinder block) 40-01a-OO 2/2
YAN MAR
6EY18(A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System . No. Page
40 Overhauling the Cooling Water (Fresh water) Pump 40-02a-OO 1/2
The cooling water pump is a centrifugal pump.A@The only difference between the high-temperature water
side and the low temperature water side is the direction of cooling water inlet and outlet.
The impeller is incorporated to the shaft by screw tightening.
Note that the thread of impeller and that of impeller tightening nut are reverse handed. When disassem-
bling/reassembling the cooling water pump, be careful of the loosening/ tightening direction.
1. Disassembly
Disassemble the cooling water pump in the numbered sequence shown in Fig. 40-02-1.
Remove the impeller 5 with use of the specified exclusive tool (P/# 146673-92750).
Impeller
Attaching / Detaching Procedure
G)
Exclusive Tool
Installation Disassembly
~--0-~
..c::lir~~~~4r1~~;;:::::~~®
'r:;:1-~~~~~~~~:Jj---@
{~¢
\~,I
@ '·e·,.,
\.__,/,'---®
...._ __ G)
Installation Direction
018251 ·00E
Remove the ball bearings @ & @ that are press-fitted to the shaft® together with the shaft.
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Overhauling the Cooling Water (Fresh water) Pump 40-02a-OO 2/2
3. Reassembly
Reassemble the cooling water pump by reversing the sequence used to disassemble it, paying attention to
the following points.
(1) When installing the shaft, be careful not to create a flaw on the lip of the oil seal.
(2) Tighten the impeller@, impeller-tightening nut® and driving gear nut(!) the specified torque.
YAIIMAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Overhaulingthe CylinderJacket CoolingWater ThermostaticValve 40-03a-OO 1/3
An automatic thermostatic valve has been equipped to cylinder jacket to rise the cylinder jacket cooling water
temperature in a short time after the engine 1s started and to maintain the temperature within the proper range
during a run.
In this engine, there are one-step temperature control specification and two-step temperature control specifi-
cation. One step temperature control specification keeps constant temperature (85 "c ) the outlet temperature
of cooling water regardless of the load. Two step temperature control specification control to 85 °c in low load
and control the temperature to 60 "c in the high load.
When the engine is operated at low load or the amount of heat radiation is large, the cooling water tempera-
ture naturally drops. But there is no problem of sulfuric corrosion as far as the cooling water temperature at
engine outlet is maintained over 75 °c .
Overhaul and check the thermostats according to the following procedures.
1. Disassembly of thermostat
(1) Close each valve at the inlet and outlet of the cooling water system, and then discharge the cooling
water from inside the cylinder jacket.
(2) Remove the cooling water manifold, by-pass pipe and thermostatic Valve body.
(3) Remove the thermostat case, and take out the thermostats.
(4) Check the setting temperature of the thermostat.
r=:;~,-e-fu_l_n_o-tt_o_d-ro-p~th_e_t-he-rm~o-s-ta-t.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---..l
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Overhaulingthe CylinderJacket CoolingWater ThermostaticValve 40-03a-OO 213
from
Cylinder Head
--.-i from Cylinder Head
79°C Setting x 2
Orifice Plate
Orifice Plate
to Outside Engine
When reassembling the thermostats, you have to install it to this position shown in the above figure. If
those thermostats were upset, the circulating water temperature cannot be correctly controlled.
YAII MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Overhaulingthe CylinderJacket CoolingWater ThermostaticValve 40-03a-OO 3/3
2. Checking of thermostat
(1) Check the thermostat for a broken spring or foreign matter on the valve seat surface.
(2) Dip the sensing part on the thermostat into cold/hot water for 2 to 3 minutes and measure the valve lift@.
(3) If the valve lift of thermostat is unsatisfactory, replace it to the new one.
®
Ol81H19-006
VAIIMAA
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Cooling Water System No. Page
40 Jacket Cooling Water Two-step Temperature Control Device 40-04a-OO 1/2
In the case of a jacket cooling water two-step temperature control specification, a thermostat and a switch
valve are equipped.
The operating state of the switch valve can confirm it by measurement size L of figure.
Rotate the shaft clockwise once a week to prevent the valve from agglutinating beforehand.
018461-QOX
E 28mm-8mm Piston
E L
i~L
co
Air Piston
Spring
¢:i from Higt Temp. C.W.
Thermostat
When reassembling, spread the spray grease (TAIHOU INDUSTRIAL Ltd. "Pro SG480 MP" or its equiv-
alent) on the air piston and on the sliding area of the shaft.
[ Control function ]
When the generator load reaches more than the temperature change setting load, the solenoid valve is
excited by the signal of the main generator control board, and the control air is supplied to the air piston of
control valve.
As a result, the piston must operate by the shaft, open the low temperature cooling water inlet part, and keep
60 °c the cooling water temperature at the engine exit.
When the change of the cooling water temperature is frequently generated, change the set load of the load
signal from the main generator board, and adjust it.
Adjust the change load within the range of ± 5% of the standard set load.
2007.11.22R YANMAA
6EY18(AlL ffl!M~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
&?51*1-Jl,illll
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
OUBfiil-OOX
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AIL ffl!fl)~j.&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
-~
Parts List of Cooling Water Pump (High Temp. Water)
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL tl!VllfJit&filiBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
f.R. 7? ,( *,(-Jl,{RIJ
OPPOSITE SI DE
OF FLYWHEEL
0190&2-00X
YAIIMAR
&EY10(AlL ~OO~t&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
2008.2.19R YJINMAA
GEYIB!AlL ~Mmlt&~BJJi! Operation Manual M46623
-~
40-52a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Cooling Water Pump (Low Temp. Water)
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tl!V11Jllt&~B})!t Operation Manual M46623
,,'f;NJ7/(ffillfEWi!Midl No. Page
40 >f;~]j(ij--~A' ':J "" (jlljgJk)
40-53a-00 1/2
Parts List of Thermostat (High Temp. Water)
Ii"]?,( *,(-JL,ffl•
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
01916l·OOX
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL mOOJDit&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
A'
,'fi1/J7}(~l!f E 'It6/MZ N No. Page
40 ~lfJ*-tj--=t ':J f.. (ifljg*) 40-53a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Thermostat (High Temp. Water)
YANMAR
&EYISIAlL ~M~f&filla}Jlt Operation Manual M46623
,1#1i!J7*$HllcWl!Mi,N No. Page
40 )ti{),J(-tt-.:eA' ·;, t,. (iU&,J()
40-54a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Thermostat (High T~. Water)
& 7 5-1'
OPPOSITE
*-<SIDE
-Jl,iJl~
OF FLYWHEEL
YANMAA
&EYIO(AlL ffl!OOl&t&~flj)~ Operation Manual M46623
40
;f;1JJ7,k~IJiEg.i!JJl,if
)tit],J(-tt-~ A'
Parts List of Thermostat (High Temp. Water)
•:J ~ (jll;j,J()
No.
40-54a-OO
Page
2/2
JUfj
No
1
v"-'"
Level
1
t-'I
Order
!ll~S-ls-
Part No.
146623-48020
et!~~~
7-:Z.(CW'ij'-U-~ ·~ ~. 1 '/'.I)
Part Name
CASE(THERMOSTAT)
A: 6EY18L
ii~
A
1
O'ty
B
-~
B: 6EY18AL
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~lilfit&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
/f;Ji/)7}( *lllE 1'l/lll,/1 No. Page
40 >f;~,J<•-a-•
Parts List of Cooling Water Collecting Pipe 40-55a-OO 1 /2
19
~
& 7 5 ,( ;t- ,( - JL,9J
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL 01'165·00X
YAN MAR
&EYIBlAlL tl~l&t&maJH! Operation Manual M46623
40 }f;'~,J(·~-
1'111/17.k ~Hille g !IM=t, if
40-55a-OO
Page
2/2
YAN MAR
J&t&~BJJ~ Op era • ual M46623
40-56a-OO 1/2
Parts List o
15
(1)
0
- -( *-f-Jl,flll/
i;~ITE SIDE
OF FL VWHEEL
---- ---VYAHMAR
&EY1B!AlL tlMJJsit&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL U!B!Ut~t&~BJJ:!t Operation Manual M46623
d=-'6
0---11
2
0-20
3 @--1a
@------1 0
~4
11111iJJ<i;mHrM t.,ttfi 15
W/0 LOW TEMP C. W. VALVE 0----12
25
I 7
I-a
19 ~
23 5
9
24
22
13
21
0
*"" -
& ? 5 ,(
OPPOSITE SIDE
Jl.,ffil
OF FLYWHEEL OU867-00X
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL tlUilDH&filtBJJ:!t Operation Manual M46623
YANMAA
&EYIO(AlL ttlMJ&}&fillBA:!: Operation Manual M46623
1 3
&7 ? 1
OPPOSITE
* ,{ - Jl,illJ
SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
&EYIBlAlL ffl!™1mtt&mBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlU~lflH&filiEIJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
t:?
Ii 7 7,( *..(-Jl,ffliJ
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
019169-00X
YIINMAR
GEYIB(AlL ~OOlfsit&~BJl!.t Operation Manual M46623
/f;J/J7.k ~HileIIC!Jtfl,$ No. Page
40 ~iflJJ<ff (fff;BJJ<) (if(~?'- 1/C -Blffl;IB~iflft) 2/2
Parts List of Cooling Water Pipe (low T~. Water)~ .... 1/C .... L. 0. Cooler) 40-61a-OO
J!ttl
No
l.;l'\JL,
Level
t-'I
Order
au~•~
Part No.
$~~:flj; Part Name
ilti: O"ty fl~
Remarks
A B
1 1 146673-49560 ,,•:.,_:\:,:.,(CWP - OUT PACKING, PUMP-OUT 1 1
2 1 147673-49570 ,,·:.,_:\:.:., A( l / C Tiff- PACKING. 1/C.OUT A 1 1
3 1 146623-49600 LCW;IJ:.,(!C IN) PIPE (LCW IC IN) 1 1
4 1 23414-210000 ,,•:.,_:\:.:.,(~ JL, 2 1 x 1. 0 GASKET, 21 X 1.0 1 1
5 1 23894-040002 61J'J-J5'/G 1/2 PLUG. G 1/2 1 1
6 1 26206-120302 ;f-JL, I- 12x30 BOLT. 12 X 30 3 3
7 1 26206-120452 ;f{JL, I- 1 2 x 4 5 BOLT. 12 X 45 4 4
8 1 26706-120002 T':J 1- 1 2 NUT. 12 4 4
9 1 147673-49570 J\':J=f:., A ( ( / c Tiff- PACKING, 1/C.OUT A 2 2
10 1 146623-49610 LCW:t.J:.,(LOC IN) PIPE (LCW LDC IN) 1 1
11 1 23414-170000 J\':J=f:.,(~ JL, 1 7 x 1. 0 GASKET. 17 X 1.0 1 1
12 1 23894-030002 61J'J-J7'/ G 3/8 PLUG. G 3/8 1 1
13 1 26206-120302 ;f{JL, I- 1 2 x 3 0 BOLT. 12 X 30 4 4
14 1 26206-120452 ;f{JL, I- 1 2 x 4 5 BOLT. 12 X 45 4 4
15 l 26706-120002 T':J I- 1 2 NUT. 12 4 4
VAN MAR
GEY18(AlL r,l!Mll&t&filtBJJ:!: Operation Manual M46623
7 51' *1'-JL,ffi~
FLYWHEEL SIDE
3
6
7 6 Ol0119-00X
YAN MAR
GEY181AlL tlli~~filzBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
GEYIO!AlL tlOOIBlt&~BJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
4
5
2
\
ffJlMAD
ENGINE IN
'
ff!Plltl:ID
ENGINE OUT 020220,oox
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL tllll~t&~B}Jl,t Operation Manual M46623
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL ffl!OOl&t&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
;f;li/17/( ~l/f E'I C/l,fl,lf No. Page
40 ~ ') :.,1(,J(~~-
40-64a-OO 1 /2
Parts List of Cooling Water Drain Pipe (Cylinder)
3
2
020221 ·00X
YAN MAR
&EYIBlAJL UimlJJit&~flJH! Operation Manual M46623
/'f;1/l7X~l!flcg//M1'it No. Page
40 ~IJ ~~,J(~i!· 40-64a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Cooling Water Drain Pipe (Cylinder)
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
YAIIMAR
&EYIO(AlL f!M~t&~BJlS Operation Manual M46623
;t;Ji{];,}( ~MEW IJfJJli It No. Page
40 ~~,?-5I7~~ff&~~~*~~- 40-65a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Air Vent Pipe (Air Cooler) & later Drain Pipe (Boost Air Chamber)
=~ \~
5
6
0
& ""J 7-( if-,( -Jt,fflq
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
a-20
l 7
11111 / 1916
~\\,
"()~69, ~
20
21--a
1 3
,5
non2-oox
VAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL •Bnl&t&~flJl!t Operation Manual M46623
VAN MAR
&EYIOIAlL WMl&!&~BJH!: Operation Manual M46623
2 0
A 7-3 ,(*,(-Jl.,ffi'
FLYWHEEL SIDE
1 7
M.it.ffl
FOR BLIND
,ad
16-@
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL r,lrMJ~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tJUl~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
10
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tim!l&t&~BJf~ Operation Manual M46623
11i'1/l7.k*HtHc.-mM1,~ No. Page
40 ~il)]j(ff (1<-1' ,t~ &Biii\) 2/2
Parts List of Cooling Water Pipe (By-pass & Warm Air) 40-70a-OO
llli
No
1
v""J" 'li-'I
Level
1
Order
$8bffl:~
Part No.
146623-49380
$~:g'1fi
CW 7J :,,(,,,( ,,A)
Part Name
PI PE (CW BYPASS)
ii$ Q'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
Remarks
VAN MAR
l!f:1)111~·
Fuel Oil System
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Outline 50-01a-00 1 /2
10•3.6 SCM
! INJECTION PUMP
10•2.D STS370
•I
I
:""'
t! •u.:
'o
: 1-
I t.i
:':!.'
i:f;l'O
i~ .
. ; u:
(Remarks)
This is a standard system diagram.
Details at each cinstruction have been described to the drawing.
YAN MAR
&EYIS!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Outline 50-01a-OO 2/2
2. Outline
2-1. Fuel injection pump
The fuel injection pump is 147MPa high-pressure injection pump for realizing the high pressure and short
period fuel injection.
To minimize the influence of deformation caused by high pressure, the plunger barrel is a top-closed type
and is firmly attached to the fuel injection pump.
The isobaric valve is assembled to prevent cavitations inside the fuel injection system.
In order to cause sticking of fuel control rack and adverse effect on the plunger by the fuel oil leakage
from the plunger barrel, the leakage oil return gallery is provided for positive discharge of the leakage oil.
In addition, the lubrication for the bottom-sliding portion of the fuel injection pump employ the pinion
sleeve lubricating system which the lube oil branched from engine system drop into the pinion sleeves.
This system is also considered to prevent sticking of fuel control rack and other trouble of fuel injection
e
pump.
YAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Oil Feed Pump 50-02a-OO 1 /2
The fuel oil feed pump is a gear pump, and the pump gear on the drive shaft side is united with the spline.
1 ) Disassembly
Disassemble the pump in the numbered sequence shown in Fig. 50-02-1.
018186-00!
(1) Remove the ball bearings (J) & @that are press-fitted onto the driving shaft@ together with the shaft.
(2) When replacing the oil seal, detach the circlip ® and pull the seal out toward the driving gear @ side.
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Oil Feed Pump 50-02a-OO 2/2
(2) Check the parts of driving shaft ® that make contact with its oil seal @ & @ . Then, if the wear is sub-
stantial, replace the shaft.
(3) If necessary, replace the oil seals.
The oil seal @ & @ are different parts. Do not make a mistake in their incorporating position and direction.
(4) Replace the ball bearings every 8,000 to 10,000 hours even if their appearance is free from abnormality.
When press-fitting the ball bearing to the shaft, apply the load on the inner race of the bearing.
(5) The bypass valve 10 functions also as a safety valve of fuel oil feed pump. During operation, keep the
bypass valve closed.
• The handle is fully tightened clockwise.
3) Reassembly
Reassemble the fuel oil feed pump in the sequence reverse to disassembly, pay attention to the following
points.
(1) When incorporating the shaft, be careful not to flaw the lip of oil seals® & @ .
(2)Apply a thin and uniform film of liquid packing (Three-Bond TB1201 or its equivalent) on the mating sur-
faces of pump cover 11 and pump body.
(The thickness of the packing after clamping must be 0.02 mm or less.)
(3) Align the hole of spacer@ for oil seal with the over flow oil take-off hole of the body.
(4) Replace the bend washer <D with the new one every time the fuel oil feed pump is disassembled.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjusting the Fuel Oil Pressure 50-03a-OO 1 /3
When the fuel oil supply pressure of the engine comes off from the specification value, adjust it according to
the following procedure.
W 00-08 Protective Device Setting Values
YANMAR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjustingthe Fuel Oil Pressure 50-03a-OO 2/3
Cover Nut
Adjusting Screw
Seal Washer Lock Nut
Valve Holder
Spring
0
Regurating Valve
0
Fuel Oil Outlet ~
OlUl4 ·001
• Before adjusting the fuel oil pressure, first clean the fuel oil filter.
• Adjust the fuel oil pressure, taking head pressure into consideration.
2. Disassembly
(1) Remove the cap nut, loosen the lock nut and loosen the adjusting screw.
(2) Remove the valve holder, take out the valve spring and valve.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjusting the Fuel Oil Pressure 50-03a-OO 3/3
4. Reassembly
(1) Reassemble the fuel oil pressure regulating valve in the sequence reverse to disassembly.
<D The pressure regulating valve is different depending on the specification. Assemble it correctly.
Specification Existence of small hole ( ¢ 1.5mm)
Marine diesel oil spec. Exist the hole
Heavy fuel oil spec. Non-hole
® Valve spring is different respectively depending on the specification for marine diesel fuel oil
specifi-
cation, 1500 seconds or the mono-fuel specifications, and 3500- 7000 seconds. Pay attention to
doing not misassemble.
@ Replace the every seal washer with new one.
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Injection pump 50-04a-OO 1 /4
The fuel injection pump is made very precisely because if it malfunctions it has an adverse effect on combus-
tion and governor performance. Therefore pay attention to handling, disassembling & reassembling it.
1. Disassembly
(1) Prepare the following exclusive tools.
(2) Next, remove the fuel injection pump in the following sequence:
Remove the fuel injection pipe joint, overflow oil pipe, fuel oil inlet pipe, fuel oil outlet pipe, and pinion
lube. oil pipe (H.F.O. specification only).
Tightening Nut
(3) Using the exclusive socket wrenched, loosen the fuel injection pump tightening nuts to remove the
pump.
(4) Disassemble the fuel injection pump, paying attention to following points:
YAN MAR
&EYIB!A)L OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Injection pump 50-04a-OO 2/4
----@
~~Jil.--lr~=--~
26206-120454
146673-92900
Yin..--==--*
....--@
®
(!)
®
l~~~~=-r-@
-t::-=¥"11f+----t-@
~~~~==~
::)CIU-f==-----®
26706-120002
*: 0-ring 018867-0Qg
(5) Disassemble the fuel injection pump in the ascending sequence of numbers shown in Fig. 50-04-2.
! CAUTION 1-----------------------
When taking off the circlip 1 from the groove, wrap it with cloth or the like to prevent the circlip from
springing off to inflict you an injury.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Injection pump 50-04a-OO 3/4
3. Reassembly
Reassemble the fuel injection pump in the sequence reverse to disassembly, pay attention to the following
point.
{1) After having incorporated each 0-ring. make sure it is not warped.
(2) Apply the lube oil to the barrel, and incorporate it to the body.
(3) Incorporate the parts of pressure equalizing valve 13 in the ascending sequence of numbers shown in
Fig. 50-04-3.
(J)
@
@
@
@
G) 0198'9-00X
(4) Tighten the barrel clamping bolt@ and pressure equalizing valve body clamping bolt@ evenly in three
steps to the specified torque.
(5) Align the set marks of rack@ , pinion (J) and plunger@ .
Pinion
(red mark on the bottom land)
0184U-OOB
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Injection pump 50-04a-OO 4/4
(6} When incorporating the circlip (D, push in the plunger guide® while checking the move of rack® not to
allow the pinion (J) to be damaged by the collar of plunger@ .
(7) Align the opening of circlip with the notch of the body.
Circllp
Body Notch
(8} After reassembling the fuel injection pump, make sure the rack moves smmothly.
YAN MAR
GEY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Regulation of the Fuel Injector Volume (Exhaust Gas Temperature) 50-0Sa-OO 1/1
(1) If the difference in exhaust temperatures between the cylinders exceeds 40 •c with a recently serviced
fuel injector. adjust the rack for the corresponding fuel injection pump.
(2) Keep the difference between the rack adjustments for all the cylinders within one graduated mark on the index.
017919-00£
Pointer
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjusting the Fuel Injection Timing 50-06a-OO 1 /2
If it is necessary to adjust the fuel injection timing, base the adjustments on the data recorded during a run
under load. After gathering the data, stop the engine and adjust the timing as follows :
&CAUTION 1-----------------------...
Do not let your fingers come close to the lock nut or oil shield plate while turning the flywheel. Otherwise,
your fingers may be caught and you may be injured.
'-'---rt-t:;:::::::==-1--t-.i--CD
---!-+--+---®
~_,,_....___.o.....<..~
(2) Turn the flywheel so that the adjusting bolt CD is at the lowermost position.
(3) Loosen the lock nut ® .
(4) Turn the flywheel in the direction that the engine rotates so as to align the flywheel pointer with the injec·
tion timing mark (on the flywheel index) for the cylinder being adjusted.
YAIIMAA
&EYIBIAlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjusting the Fuel Injection Timing 50-06a-OO 2/2
(5) Turn the adjusting bolt to align the line marked in the pump body with the line on the plunger guide.
(6) Turn the flywheel to position the adjusting bolt at the lowest possible point.
(7) Tighten the lock nut. (Hold the adjusting bolt with a wrench so as not to allow the bolt to turn when the
lock nut is tightened.)
After adjusting the injection timing, turn the flywheel in the engine rotation direction. When the adjusting
bolts is at the uppermost position, push the oil shield plate up further to mark sure there is still allowance
for the pump stroke. (Use the fuel pump priming too.)
0 Tappet
(D Priming Lever
YA II MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Adjustmentof Fuel InjectionPump Pinion LubricatingOil Flow Volume
(for Engine Using H.F.O.) 50-07a-OO 1/1
The pinion sleeve of the fuel injection pump of the engine using the heavy fuel oil (equivalent to 3,500-sec. or
7,000-sec. fuel oil) has been lubricated by lube oil. Adjust the lubricating oil flow volume according to the fol-
lowing procedures:
(1) First run the engine, and then adjust the lubricating oil flow volume when the lubricating oil temperatur
becomes 55 to 65 °c .
(2) Adjust the lubricating oil flow volume so that the lubrication becomes 1 drop per 10 to 12 seconds.
Lubricating Location
(1) Remove the cap nut G) from the lube oil flow rate regulating valve, and loosen the lock nut®.
(2) Fully screws in the lube oil flow rate adjust screw@.
(3) Remove the plug @ on the fuel injection pump side to check the lube oil flow volume.
(4) Gradually loosen (tum counterclockwise) the adjust screw unit the lube oil flow volume becomes as
specified.
(5) When the lube oil flow volume has becomes as specified, securely tighten the lock nut ® , cap nut <D
and plug@.
(6) Open the plug @ in 30 minutes after adjusting the dropping amount, and measure the amount of drop-
ping again.
(7) Tighten the plug @ surely after confirming the amount of dropping.
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Injection Pump Drive 50-0Ba-OO 1/1
The fuel injection pump drive adopts the tappet roller system that forcedly lubricates the roller pin. Beside, on
the body of the pump, the oil hole for lubricating the outer periphery of the roller is provided.
1 ) Disassembly
Remove the fuel injection pump and then the positioning bolt. After that. remove the drive from the cylinder,
and disassemble it in the ascending sequence of numbers shown in Fig. 50-08-1.
Positioning Bplt
Guide Ring
Noth (Face to operation side)
Drive Body
0-ring
Cylinder Block
Roller
3) Reassembly
Reassemble the fuel injection pump driver, paying attention to the following points:
( 1) Align the set mark "O" on the body with that on the tappet@ .
(2) Incorporate the oil shield cover @ with its notch part facing the operation side.
(3) Fully screw in injection timing adjusting bolt Ci), and incorporate it in position.
(4) After mounting the fuel injection pump, adjust the injection timing to the specified timing.
(5) For the injection timing adjusting procedures, refer to the following:
WJ 50-06 Adjusting the Fuel Injection Timing
VAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Injector& Adjustingthe InjectionPressure 50-09a-OO 1/5
Improper servicing of fuel injection valve greatly affects the fuel combustion and output. However, it is gener-
ally difficult to specify the servicing frequency that depends on such as the fuel used and service load. There-
fore. determine the proper servicing frequency based on such as changes of exhaust temperature and
exhaust color.
@
Fuel Injector Guard
Nozzle Sleeve
<Prevent leakage oil in the fuel injector from dropping in the cylinder liner>
Before the fuel injector slips out. remove the bolt B (Refer to Fig. 50-09-4) of pipe coupling.
Leakage oil in the fuel injector can be exhausted if it does so. Additionally, blowing by compressed air
can effectively exhaust the leakage oil.
(2) Remove the clamping bolts® of the fuel injection pipe joint@with use of hexagonal wrench key.
(Also remove the bolts on the fuel injection pump side.)
(3) Loosen the cap@ nut of fuel injection pipe(!) . and remove it with fuel injection pipe.
(4) Remove the fuel injector tightening nut.
Handle the injection pipe with care because oil leakage takes place if the spherical surface on either end
if fuel injection pipe is flawed.
YANMAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Injector& Adjustingthe Injection Pressure 50-09a·OO 215
(5) Screw the drawing-out bolt® into the fuel injector guard.
(6) Attach the body of drawing-out tool <D .
(7) Tighten the nut 3 to draw out the fuel injector.
(8) Draw out the case nut packing. (It may be drawn out together with the fuel injector.)
(2) Clean carbon adhered to the nozzle exterior, and then disassembles the fuel injector. (Soaking the noz-
zle in the carbon remover or stock solution of cresol facilitates removal of carbon.)
(3) First remove the fuel injector guard, and then disassemble the valve sequentially in the ascending order
of numbers shown in the Fig. 50-09-2.
011756-00B
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Injector& Adjustingthe InjectionPressure 50-09a-OO 3/5
(5) Reassemble the fuel injector in the sequence reverse to disassembly, pay attention to the following
points:
(1) Do not make a mistake in the incorporating direction of the spring seat @ , spring shoe @ and sprin
shoe guide ® .
(2) Tighten the case nut to the specified torque using an exclusive socket. Excessively tightening it ma
cause the nozzle to malfunction and the straight pin to be broken.
iWJ 00-10 Table of Tightening Torques of Major Bolts & Nuts.
&wARNING1--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
When operating the nozzle tester, be careful not to expose any part of your body to spray from the injec-
tor. If you spray your body with fuel, you will be seriously injured because the injection pressure is very
high, 34 MPa.
Nozzle Tester
VANMAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Injector& Adjustingthe InjectionPressure 50-09a-OO 4/5
(2) Attach the injector to the nozzle tester. Set the injector downwards.
(3) While slowly operating the hand lever of the tester, adjust the screwing-in of the pressure -adjusting nut
CD to attain the specified injection pressure.
(4) Quickly operate the hand lever of the tester (at rate of two to three stroked per second), and check the
state of spray. If the hand lever of the tester is operated slowly at this time, fuel oil runs down after the
hand lever is stroked, and you might err judgment that the nozzle is defective. Thus, pay attention.to this
requirement.
(5) Replace such a clogged nozzle or nozzle which gives a streaky injection with the new one.
(1) When replacing the nozzle, remove the case nut under the loosened state of the pressure-adjusting nut
If the case nut is loosened under a high state of the injection pressure, the making surface of nozzle an
spacer and the straight pin may be damaged.
(2) Tighten the case nut to the specified torque with use of exclusive socket.
(3) Pay attention to a fact that excessive clamping of case nut distorts the nozzle and might cause a stick o
nozzle and a damage of straight pin
(6) The nozzle can be used continually if the oil tightness of the seat part maintains a pressure 2.0 MPa
lower than the specified injection pressure and allows the fuel oil to such an extent of oozing out from
the nozzle tip.
(7) When the injection test and adjustment of injection pressure are finished, tighten the lock nut 2 which an
exclusive single-ended wrench. (To prevent the adjusting nut 1 from being turned together with the lock
nut, lock it with a double-ended wrench.)
(1) Take care not to damage the tip of the nozzle sleeve when it passes the fuel injector mounting hole.
(2) Replace the case nut packing with a new one.
(3) First, tighten the cap nut@ on the fuel injection pipe and then the fuel injector tightening nut.
(4) Do not change the installation direction because spherical washers are used in the injection pipe join
clamping bolts on the fuel injection pump side.
(5) Tighten the clamping bolts on the fuel injection pipe joint on the cylinder head side and then tighten th
fuel injection pump side alternately. Go back and forth two or three times, tightening gradually.
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhaulingthe Fuel Injector& Adjustingthe InjectionPressure 50-09a-OO 5/5
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Oil Filter 50-1Oa-00 1 /3
Be careful not to get burnt by touching this filter because it assumes a high temperature during a run on
heavy fuel oil (H.F.0.).
(1} Should the filter be fouled noticeably, the revolution of the engine may decrease as the fuel oil pres-
sure drops when one side of this filter is used. Therefore, check the fuel oil pressure while cleaning
the filter.
(2} A positioning notch is provided to the changeover handle. In a blow-off or disassembly, tilt the handle
to align the notch with the knock pin.
1) Back-washing (blow-off)
Wash both side of this filter, one at a time, according to the following procedures:
( 1) Open the drain cock CD .
(2) Hold the changeover handle in the LEFT (or RIGHT) BLOW-OFF position for 1 to 2 seconds, and then
return it to the BOTH SIDE IN USE position.
(3) Repeat the above step (2) three or fore times.
(4) Close the drain cock.
=llfl=---@
go·
LEFT BLOW-OFF,,,
OUUO·OOI
YAN MAR
&EY181AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Oil Filter 50-1Oa-00 2/3
CD 0181191-00B
3) Installing
Install the filter element by reversing sequence used to disassemble it. Pay attention to the following pint.
(1) When putting the handle in the BOTH SIDE IN USE position, move it slowly. If it is moved too rapidly
to the BOTH SIDE IN USE position, the oil pressure may drop before the filter is filled with fuel oil.
(2) Open the air vent cock to bleed the air out.
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Overhauling the Fuel Oil Filter 50-10a-OO 3/3
~ \
®+
T 8/6 ¢ Pipe Cock
l'~ ou,os-ooE:
( 1) Soak the element in the light oil cleaning fluid to loosen any sludge sticking to the surface. Then clean it
with a wire brush.
(2) Prepare a nozzle as shown in the drawing above, and spray compressed air at a pressure of 0.3 to 0.5
MPa from inside the element.
(3) Place a light inside the element to mark sure the dirt and foreign matter has been removed.
(4) Check for flaws, broken wire, corrosion, etc. on the surface of the element.
VAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Fuel Oil System No. Page
50 Maintenance and Inspection of the Fuel Oil Seal Pot 50-11a-OO 1/1
01792)-006
(1) Remove the filter plug Q) and the air vent plug®.
(2) Pour ethylene glycol from the filter unit it overflows from the air vent plug.
(3) When the seal pot is filled with ethylene glycol, securely tighten the plugs Q) & ® .
The viscosity rises in the heavy fuel oil with the temperature decrease. The pressure gauge doesn't oper-
ate normally when the heavy fuel oil enters bourdon tube of the pressure gauge when falling in tempera-
ture. Therefore, usually fill the seal pot and the piping with the ethylene glycol.
(1) Periodically (about every 2 months) loosen the plug®, and check if the fuel oil does not overflow.
(2) Exchange the ethylene glycols about every year.
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL t!!lmlJlH&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 m$1-DIM4t 50-51a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Injector
Q--s
~13
0-,1
~12
9 10
s;s-E1---g
~
---15
n---14
~--16
n----14
0-5
B-7
0
YAN MAR
6EY1BIAlL tl~~t&~BJl!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 mMDIM# 50-51a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Injector
YAN MAR
GEYIO{AlL ~Ml&!&~BJl!: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •M 7-< - ~;f(:.,?' (A ffl:;dl)
50-52a-OO 1/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (M.D.O.)
36
YAN MAR
6EY10(AlL tlml~t&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 ilM 71'- t:~:..,:f (A fflim) 50-52a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (M.D.O.)
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL tl~~t&~BJH!: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 il*4? 1'- ~if(~:,' (A m;m) 3/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (M.D.O.) 50-52a-OO
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL ~™1.IDHhUsiBJJf!t Operation Manual M46623
No . Page
50 •• ? 1' - t:;f(~ :1 ( iilt;fb )
50-53a-00 1/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (H.F.O.)
& 7 71 *-(-Jl,ffllj
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
2~~
6\~\).
\ ®~~~~3 29
,(5) 28
~~6 3 24
35
VIINMIIR
&EYIO(AlL tiM~t&~BJJ:lt Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •• ?-(-~;f(~?'(iilt;dl) 50-53a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (H.F.O.)
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 BAL
YAN MAR
GEY10(AlL t.\U~~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
t!IJ,ft,N No. Page
50 •• ? -(- t,:~:..,7' ( ii'1im)
50-53a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Fuel Feed Pump (H.F.O.)
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tl!Mllf~t&mBJH!: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 i1$1.Pl~;f(~~ (A fflilb) 1/3
50-54a-OO
Parts List of Fuel Injection P1.1T1> (M.D.O.)
f-s2
19
17 ~
18 ~
15
16 ~
24
21::::==i
20---0
22
i-s,
23--
7
47
1 1
6~
(1 )
37-l'l-J'\
·~
41~
38--~
39-0
3
26 ~
'i'- -1~rf
?!!~
a-@
36
28 35 54 <,
12
44
53
YAIIMAR
GEY18(AlL tl!Wl&t&~Bjj~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •Mattf;f(~?' (A m:;m) 50-54a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump (M.D.O.)
YANMAR
GEY18(AlL flm!~t&~BAI} Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 mflPJM;f(!!:1 CA m:;m)
-~
50-54a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump (M.D.O.)
YAN MAR
GEYl&tAJL ~fM)~f&filtBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 il$1.lr!M~~-:t < iiltim)
50-SSa-OO 1/3
Parts List of Fuel Injection PllT1> (H.F.O.)
17---~
18 ~
15
16--~
24
21:====i
22
20~C)
i-51
23--
47
26~
a-@
53
02022s-oox
VAN MAR
6EY10(AlL tlOOl{Slt&~BJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 -~Dltf;f(~:f ( filtjlb) 50-55a-00 2/3
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump (H.F.O.)
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
.lit
No
[/1'\Jl,
Level
-fi-'I
Order
mi~-~
Part No. !Ila~ '11- Part Name
lll!l O'ty
A B
m;~
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tlnHJ&t&~BJHJ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •MP!tt~~:1 C iitUdJ)
-~-~ -~
50-55a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump (H.F.O.)
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ti™llfllt&mBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •Mllltf;f( ~ ~lli'1'~ 50-56a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump Bracket
910------W
--i
1~
1 3:-------!
14
1 6
1 5
/
11----12
~·J:.,,~:10·:;?
CYLINDER BLOCK
4.-.---1
020226- oox
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~MlJli!&~BJ:J:!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •MPJ~;t( !I :11Dli'1'a 50-56a-00 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pump Bracket
YAN MAR
GEYIBIAlL tiM~t&~BAlt Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 ilMPIM'lf 50-57a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pipe
1 2
,,
&? 5-( ;t--(-JL,ffl.
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
9
02021l·OOX
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL tlMl&t&~BJJ:!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 e•PIMW 50-57a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Injection Pipe
YAN MAR
GEY18!AlL ftlMlfsit&~BJH!tOperation Manual M46623
No . Page
50 •• ::J ~- (A •;m) 50-58a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Filter (M.D.O.)
0 ,a.
~fl}..[J ~fltfj[J
FUEL INLET fUELOUTLET
020230-00X
VAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL f!m)l{l{tH(~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 .*31,:::J ~ft (A Jlid!) 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Filter (M.0.0.) 50-58a-OO
YAN MAR
&EYIB!A)L ffl!Mlfilt&~BJ}~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 ··:J~·(ilrlim) 50-59a-OO 1/3
Parts List of Fuel Filter (H.F.O.)
0
Ji 7 7,( ;t-,{ -Jl,ffl~
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
1 4
[TI
7 8
30 32 18
J 16
17
9
10
, 1
32-d
36
'i
29 31
2 1
2.2
020231-0DX
YAN MAR
6EY10(AlL tl!Vll&t&~BJ.I~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •• :::J ~· ( ii fl jib ) 50-59a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Fuel Filter (H.F.O.)
JUii
No
1
l,,1\)1,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
!116li3~
Part No.
146673-55220
!116li ~ '1Ji
FUEL OIL
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
fflll!l
A
1
Q' ty
B
1
-~
Re11arks
YJINMJIA
&EYIO!AlL nlMl&t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 f,&$1,:::J~- ( iiflim ) 3/3
50-59a-OO
-~
Parts List of Fuel Filter (H.F.O.)
.ltti
No
v"-J~
Level
t-'I
Order
f l ~-~
Part No. 8U6ii:!i~ Part Name
fil~ Q'ty
A B Rerarks
YJ.INMJ.IA
GEYIOIAlL ffl!Mnf&~B.JHI Operation Manual M46623
.i/fp'l,jf No. Page
so ••m1z~&11ii, v»
Parts List of Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve & Overflow Fuel Tank 50-60a-OO 1/3
Allilbtta
MOO SPEC.
r...,
~25
@--9 UJ-9
ei-s ®-s
-10 -10
J-5 1
J-5
1A 1B
1-44A l-4B
B----3 B-3A
@--16
1 3
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL t.\Uilf~f&mBJI{!: Operation Manual M46623
J!lli
No
1
1..,/(Jl,
Level
1
t-1
Order
an~•~
Part No.
746623-59330 F0f3?n":;ASSY
&lh~1-!i~
(C1
Part Name
Reriarks
(1)
''*
4A 2 137600-66540 SPRING 1 1 (2)
48 2 151.605-52580 ,,;r, SPRING 1 1 (3)
5 2 135410-84281 -=f-3?-l:!1'1"~ SCREW, ADJUSTING 1 1
6 2 141644-59860 X, ::..,;f'"-+j- I RETAINER, VALVE 1 1
7 2 153672-59950 -y- Jl,'J '.1 'S;-\7 D = 2 2 WASHER, SEAL 0=22 1 1
8 2 153672-59970 :;-Jl,'J ')I:;-\'- 2 0 x 1. 2 WASHER. SEAL 20 X 1. 2 1 1
9 2 135410-84301 :, 'J a -t ':J I- NUT. CAP 1 1
10 2 26796-080002 I- .,c + ';J I- 8 NUT, 8 1 1
11 1 23887-200002 61J'J"j7Jj 20 PLUG. 20 1 1 (4)
11A 1 23887-200002 6tJ'J"j7Jj 20 PLUG, 20 2 2 (3)
12 1 153672-59970 :,,-Jl,'J •;J:;-\1- 2 0 x 1. 2 WASHER, SEAL 20 X 1.2 1 1 (4)
12A 1 153672-59970 :;-Jl,'J •;J:,,-\1- 2 0 x 1. 2 WASHER. SEAL 20 X 1.2 2 2 (3)
13 1 26206-120302 ;°f-Jl, I- 1 2 x 3 0 BOLT, 12 X 30 2 2
14 1 26206-120652 ;°f-Jl, I- 1 2 x 6 5 BOLT, 12 X 65 2 2
15 1 146623-59130 FO CJ?.:t.1!:...,'} FO LEAK TANK 1 1
16 1 23897-040002 6tJ'J"j7Jj G 1/2 PLUG. G 1/2 1 1
17 1 153672-59950 ~-Jl,'J'.1~-\"' D =2 2 WASHER, SEAL D=22 1 1
18 1 24326-000700 01)'..IIJ 4 D G 70. 0 PACKING. G 70.0 1 1
19 1 24326-000850 0 ') '..l'f 4 D G 8 5. 0 PACKING. G 85.0 1 1
20 1 26206-120282 ;f-Jt, I- 1 2 x 2 8 BOLT, 12 X 28 2 2
21 1 26216-120302 '?:t:J~;f-Jl,I- 12X30 STUD.BOLT 12 X 30 2 2
22 1 26706-120002 + ';J I- 1 2 NUT. 12 2 2
23 1 43230-014360 1~':J::f::.., ("J a- I- SW GASKET. FLOAT SWITCH 1 1
. YANMAR
&EY10(AlL tlmJlflH&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
l!Mrdf No. Page
so f!•ll]ff ~ &M;dl ~ :.., ? 3/3
Parts List of Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve & Overflow Fuel Tank 50-60a-OO
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL ~Ml&f&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 7~.ikv-~ 1/2
50-61a-OO
Parts List of Accumulator
YAN MAR
GEYIBtA)L tlOOI&t&filtBJH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 7:'f-::iAv-~ 50-61a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Accumulator
YAIIMAR
·--~-
GEYIOIAlL ~M~f&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50
50-70a-00 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Oi I Main Pipe
1
4
9~
B
1 0
7
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlmJIIXt&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
50
~-;m~-
Parts List of Fuel Oi I Main Pipe
No.
50-70a-OO
Page
2/2
.ll±l
No
1
l.tl'\J~
Level
1
t-1
Order
$,~Ui~
Part No.
146623-59050
$~!6f1J;
F O-y.1:;IJ:..,
Part Name
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL tlOOlfXt&meJj~ Operation Manual M46623
ENGINE IN
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL t!BOl&!&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
1/J,§l,if No. Page
50 •Midl'I (A midi) (7-<-t:;f(:..,:1ACJ/tt1CJ) 50-71a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Oil Pipe (M.0.0.) (Feed PLIIIP Inlet/Outlet)
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~M:mlt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
50
1/MZN
•• jib.
(iilfjm) (? ,(- J:;f(~?' A.CJ/1±1 CJ)
Parts List of Fuel Oil Pipe (H.F.O.) (Feed
No.
1/2
AJl:;!l!}d:l
MOO IN
~fl~:....?"
TO FUEL TANK
020216-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~!ill&t&~BJ:):!} Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL tl~lfll}&filtBJH!t Operation Manual M46623
~15
® 9
--16
.~-7
0202H·OOX
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL tililfl!J&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
lW
No
1
l,;/{JI,
Level
1
;t-1
Order
$~-~
Part No.
146623-59450
gn~:gftr,
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL m!Ml&t&~BJl!t Operation Manual M46623
!/f,ff,lf No. Page
50 --~- ({ii(~) (:J ~--~·) 50-74a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Oi I Pipe (H.F. 0.) (Filter - Main Pipe)
~23
~18
"' 22
~17
(1202)8-0QX
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlOO~t&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
fflll!{ Q' ty «;~
.it±l (;l'\JI, '!;-'/ 86~·-ij- Part Name
&n8li~:f.i; Remarks
No Level Order Part No. A B
1 1 146623-59410 FO 'jJ';.! A (J~f-~1'JJ';/) PIPE. FUEL OIL. A 1 1
2 1 146623-59430 Fon:., (::1:,,t-:,,1n:.,) PIPE, FUEL OIL 1 1
2A 2 x 146623-59850 =*'?':l:¥f' 2-WAY JOINT 1 1
3 1 146623-59870 :;7L..,t,:;,( 25X1 SUPPORT 4 4
4 1 146623-59880 71/t,:;,( 25X2 SUPPORT 2 2
5 1 146623-59890 1J /~3 ?:ik RUBBER 4 4
6 1 146623-59920 t;f.-~ (FO J~f-~11)';.! SUPPORT. FO PIPE 1 1
7 1 153672-59940 ~-)1,'7':J~~- 2 8 WASHER. SEAL 28 1 1
8 1 23831-220000 .1=.:t/ 2 2 UNION, 22 1 1
9 1 24326-000450 O IJ '../If 4 D G 4 5. 0 PACKING. G 45.0 1 1
10 1 26206-100152 ;t{)l, t- 1 0 x 1 5 BOLT. 10 X 15 2 2
11 1 26216-101202 '? .r. ::i ~ if.JI, ~ 1 0 x1 20 STUD. BOLT 10 X 120 4 4
12 1 26706-100002 -t·:; t- 1 o NUT. 10 4 4
13 1 146673-59881 */1-1 (~-Jl,;f"t•:;t- BODY. SEAL POT 1 1
14 1 153672-59850 ~-Jl,'7'.:I~~- 2 7 WASHER. SEAL 27 1 1
15 1 146673-59890 , ,·:;!f / ( ~ - Jl,;f"t•.:, t- GASKET. SEAL POT 1 1
16 1 146673-59940 jJ /7 ·.:, /\)I, "j VALVE. PRESSURE CAUG 1 1
17 1 146673-59980 T ,< 1J / ( ~ - Jt,;f"t•.:, t- PIPE. INNER 1 1
18 1 139653-91170 t! •.:, '} 'J 1J T If CONNECTOR 1 1
19 1 23875-010000 --t,~-J51f R O 1 PLUG, R01 2 2
20 1 23897-060002 61J'J-J51f G 3/4 PLUG, G 3/4 1 1
21 1 26206-080502 if.JI, t- 8 x 5 0 BOLT. 8 X 50 4 4
22 l 43400-005640 ,,·;.,:¥,:.,T=1. 0 (G 1/4 GASKET, T=l.O Gl/4 2 2
23 1 42130-014082 rJIJ 3? 71 ( 1 . 6 MP A GAUGE, PRESS. 1.6MPA 1 1
VANMAR
&EY18(AlL ffi!fMJlJX!&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
50
1/JJrdf
••;m• (~ff-lllJJz~il ~J)
Parts List of Fuel Oi I Pipe (lain Pipe,.,, Pressure Regulating Valve Return)
No.
50-75a-OO
Page
1/2
& ? 71 if-1'-JL-fq
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL 2
VAii MAR
&EYIO!AlL ~OOnt&~BJl!t Operation Manual M46623
J!lli
No
1
1..,1'\Jl,
Level
1
-1,-'I
Order
ft!I8MI~
Part No.
146623-59530
8118ti~~
FO PIPE
ill!t Q'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
A : 6EY1 SL 8 : 6EY1 SAL
Re11arks
VANMAR
6EY10(AlL tlMJfll~&~BJ)~ Operation Manual M4662J
1/J,fl,li No. Page
50 --~~-(·~~~~~) 50-76a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Overflow Fuel Oil Pipe (Fuel PllllP Case)
1 1
..-1, /' •
'
15
YAN MAR
·-;f(~
&EYIB!AlL ~ml~t&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
50 ···-·
Parts List of ( Oil Pipe-:/'M.)
Overflow Fuel (Fuel Pump Case) 50-76a-OO 2/2
YAN MAR
&EY10(AJL ffJU~Iolt&fillBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
50
•••tt•tttff
Parts List of Fuel Oi I leak defection Pipe
No.
50-77a-00
Page
1/2
Jj 7 7-( *-<-11.,«.
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
6
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~OOJBlt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
•••n•w•
No. Page
50 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Oil leak defection Pipe 50-77a-OO
YAN MAR
GEYIOIAlL tl!VJl&t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
C/1,fl,$ No. Page
50 --~v~~~-&~~-(-MWC)
Parts List of Drain Pipe & Overflow Fuel Oil Pipe (Engine Outlet) 50-78a-OO 1/2
&? 7,( *
-1' - Jl,ffl•
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
1 3
1~~
11
12 ~
15
, 4
fflUlfl tfj a
ENGINE OUT
'--------------' 020242-00X
YAN MAR
&EY10!AlL ta™Jnt&~B_ij~ Operation Manual M46623
••~v~~~•&•~•<•~mc>
1/1,fl,i! No. Page
50 2/2
50-78a-OO
Parts List of Drain Pipe & Overflow Fuel Oil Pipe (Engine Outlet)
A : 6EY1 BL B : 6EY1 BAL
jltfj v~J1, '!;-'I !fl·~-~ @!fl O'ty fa~
Level Order Part No. sn&:g~ Part Name Re11arks
No A B
1 1 146623-59750 F O !-= v :.; 3t .:f 1.J :.; PIPE. FUEL DRAIN 1 1
2 1 141646-59650 *:;$! 1 ( i-: t..,:;::i ':)? BODY. DRAIN COCK l 1
3 l 141646-59660 ~:;;f-rj ( t,:t..,:,;::i•;.,I] ROD. DRAIN COCK 1 l
4 1 141646-59670 .:f~'Tft-•;., 1-- NUT. CAP 1 1
5 1 146623-59700 =-*?';t~t (t:1.1:.,our JOINT. 2WAY 1 1
6 1 153672-59970 :.,-Jl,'J 'Y:11'- 2 0 x 1. 2 WASHER. SEAL 20X1.2 2 2
7 1 153672-59970 :.,-J~'J'Y~1'- 2 0 x 1. 2 WASHER. SEAL 20X1.2 3 3
B 1 22451-060000 •;.,•;ilJ-t?:; 0. 6 WIRE. 0.6 1 1
VAN MAR
--~-jifi(
&EY18(AlL tiOO~t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
7
Ii 7 7,( *,(-JL,ffi!l
OPPOSITE SIDE
OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
&EYIO!A)L flM~t&mBJHJ Operation Manual M46623
61Jll,$ No. Page
50 -*4~il;Eb'IJ ( «tlt;Eb) 50-79a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Overflow Fuel Oil Pipe from Fuel Injector (H.F.O.)
~!ti
No
1
v"Ji..
Level
1
-Ji-I:/
Order
$~Ml-ij-
Part No.
146673-59672
®~~'1fi
FO":.,a17.1;IJ:.,A {HFO
Part Name
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL ffi!Ml&f.&maJlffl: Operation Manual M46623
:=a,
•
~!Sil tiJ Cl
ENGINE OUT Ol02H-00X
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL t!!Mnt&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
C/1,fl,if No. Page
50 f&.#;Ji;Eil'lf (A m:;m) <•O!U:liCJ) 50-SOa-OO 2/2
Parts List of Overflow Fuel Oi I Pipe frm Fuel Injector (I 0. 0.) (Engine Outlet)
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
ll~ O'ty
J!tti
No
I.ti'\)!,
Level
t-'I
Order
!fl&#~
Part No. !f!ra:g *" Part Name
A B
{ii~
Remarks
VAIIMJIR
&EYIBlAlL r,ilM)~t&mBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •• t:
:::J $18 L.,:.,~~- (A llnli)
50-81a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Filter Drain Pipe CM. D. 0.)
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL m!OO!Dlf&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 .$1-::J~ll~v~tl~'I (A ffl:ifb) 50-81a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Filter Drain Pipe (M.D.O.)
YANMAR
GEY10(AlL tmOOJ&t&fillBJH!: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 1&*4::1 ~• I-! v~tl~ff c iillnb > 50-82a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Fuel Filter Drain Pipe (H.F.O.)
0202u ~oox
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlOOJJJlf.&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
50 •• :::J ~- f,! (..,~~~- ( iil!;Eb) 2/2
50-82a-OO
Parts List of Fuel Filter Drain Pipe (H.F.O.)
!!te
No
L,~J~
Level
t-'I
Order
$~-~
Part No. $~~f,J; Part Name
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
illlr Q'ty
A B
{I~
Re11arks
YAN MAR
60
When the motor is running, the speed setting screw moves vertically, and
this movement changes the load on the speed control spring to vary
Governor Motor Controller engine speed.
The engine speed can also be changed manually in the same way, by
turning the synchronizer knob.
Please refer to the separate "NZ SERVICE HYDRAULIC GOVERNOR SERVICE MANUAL" for details about
the design, operation, maintenance, repair and adjustment of the NZ Type hydraulic governor and controller.
YAN MAR
NZ SERIES HYDRAULIC GOVERNOR
I MODEL NZ61/NZ115 I
I SERVICE MANUAL I
YANMAR CD.,L.TD.
1 ,.e.c.No. J42221 ·997031 j
2006. 7. 1 IR
@ NZ GOVERNOR
PREFACE
This Service Manual describes the construction and maintenance. of and disassembling procedures ror Model
NZ61/NZl 15 Hydraulic Governor and controller. Read this Manual carefully to use the governor correctly.
• Keep this Manual under care at a clearly identified place accessible for the operator to refer to it at any time.
• The text and illustrations of this Manual may partly disagree with the actual product as depended on its specifications.
Also note that parts used are subject to change for improving the quality and performance of or for reasons of safety of
this product. e
• Use our genuine pans or specified pans for replacement pans. Order a part to your nearest sales agent or Y ANMAR parts
sales agent. When ordering a part, c:learly specify the Part Name (pan description), Pan No., Engine Name and Governor
Model and Serial No.
• Should you have lost or damqed this Manual or if you have any question and advice, feel free to contact us or your
nearest sales or service agent (shown in the service network list "YANMAR Worldwide Service" appended to the
Engine Operation Manual).
• Precautions on Safety
• A note prefixed with the ( & WARNING ) or ( & CAUTION J mark in this Manual is a very important
pan of the text particularly in view of safety as it indicates that there is the possibility of resulting in injury or serious
damage to the product when an advice on handling or the proper precaution is not followed. Thus, be sure to follow such
a note.
• An item prefixed with the 6 mark in this Manual is very imponant for handling of a product. A failure to observe
such an item may incur a deterioration of pcrfonnancc or a trouble of this product. lb erefore, be sure to observe such an
item.
• An item prefixed with the m mark in this Manual indicates a chapter, section, clause, page or document to be referred
to.
@) NZ GOVERNOR
CONTENTS
Page
PREFACE i
CHAPTER I. GENERAL DESCRIPTION i-r
1-1. Specifications of the Governor 1-1
1-2. Hydraulic: Oil l-I
1-3. Cautions on Handling of the Governor 1-1
-i-
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
Hydraulic: oil pressure MPI (kgf'/cm2) J.18 (12) 1.47 (IS) l.47(1S)
( 1) The body of this governor comprises an oil sump ( l) Do not install and handJe the governor so that a force
chamber, and thus the govemor ean use an equivalent is applied to or a shock is impaned to the gear shaft,
to the system oil for the engine as governor hydraulic speed conttol shaft and terminal shafts.
oil. Otherwise, the shafts might be bent, and seals or inter·
Don't use a syotbedc: oil as hydraulic: oil ror this (2) When attaching the governor to the engine, anacb the
governor. If used, it deteriontes oil seals aad pack· governor to its driving device under die governor's
inp much earlier than tbe usual own weight while setting the spline of the gear shaft,
and uniformly tighten tightening nuts.
2002, 7.lOR
l·I
~ NZ GOVERNOR
Droop Adjuster
Terminal Ann
Power Piston
Govemor Weight
Housing
Governor Spring
Needle Valve
Base
~Gear Shaft
Fig. 1-1
1-2
~ NZ GOVERNOR
This Chapter describes the functions of major parts that arc constituting the governor and principle of its operation.
Power Piston
Needle Valve
Gear Shaft \ Gear Pump
Fig. 2-1
(l) Gear Shaft change in compressive load of the spring and an opening
Being an input shaft for the governor, the gear shaft serves or closing of the governor weight.
as a gear to drive the hydraulic oil pump. A vertical movement of lhe pilot valve controls the hydrau-
lic oil which flows to the lower pan of the power piston as
(2) Pilot Valve Bushing the control land at the central part opens or closes the
The part intenneshing with the gear shaft constitutes the hydraulic oil passage hole in the pilot valve bushing.
hydraulic oil pump gear, the fly weight assembly is fitted
to the upper part. and the pilot valve is fitted to the iMer (S) Floating Lever
part. Besides, a hydraulic oil passage hole to the power Coupled to the speed control shaft through the spring fork
piston is provided to this bushing. and a fork, the floating lever is connected to the power
piston through the droop adjuster and the terminal arm.
(3) Gonmor Weicht
Rotating together with the pilot valve bushing according to (6) Power Piston
the rotation of the gear shaft, the governor weight moves The hydraulic oil pressure bearing area ratio of the power
the pilot valve vertically according to a change in the piston upper and lower parts is I : 2, and the power piston
engine speed. is actuated vertically by supply of hydraulic oil from the
(4) Pilot Valve pilot valve bushing central hole or discharge of the oil.
The governor spring is incorporated into the upper part of Besides, the compensator spring and compensator rod arc
the pi lot valve, and it moves vertically according to a incorporated in the inner pan of the piston.
2001.2.8 R
2-1
.@) NZ GOVERNOR
2-l
@' NZ GOVERNOR
:·~-----·--·:
. :
I
:
L.---~·-···--.L ...~
~.
-···-···~-·---····-···---···
-··· ·----..-.-·~····-····-··· ···-··· :.
Fig. 2-2
2-3
@) NZ GOVERNOR
4) Load Decreasing
Contrary to the operation in a load increase. the control land
shifts above the control port. The hydraulic oil is dis-
charged from the lower par, of the power piston, and the
power piston shifts downward (in the diRction of fuel
decrease.
Setscrew
This mechanism purports to adjust the speed droop
and can set any ~roop within the nn:e or Oto 10
%.
Oroop Ad;uster
The lever ratio (L1/L2) of the floating lever is changed by
chan&ing the position of the droop adjuster, the set load
(compressive force) of the governor spring also changes,
and consequently, the speed droop undergoes a change.
Nl-N
• Pennanent variation cs x 100 (%)
N 100
It indicates in percentage the difference between the set
speed (N2) following the risen speedwhen the load is 0
• Time of stabilize
It refers to a time required to achieve the set speed from Engine
Speed
a moment the load is shut off. N
min"'(rpm)
NI-N (or Frequ.ncy)
• Momentary variation • >< 100'(%)
N
It indicates in percentage the difference between the
most risen speed(N1) on the way to become the stable Fig.l-C.
speed when the load is shut off (O "•) and the speed(N}
in the I 00 % load.
@' NZ GOVERNOR
u
Pil0t valve fall Rise
Power piston Rise fall
2-S
@' NZ GOVERNOR
3-1
@) NZ GOVERNOR
(l) Detach the drain plugs and needle valve from the
governor base to discharge the oil hydraulic oil.
Bleed the air from the hydraulic oil passage according to Control Knob
3-2
~ NZ GOVERNOR
3-S. Adjustment of Needle Valve (2) Set the needle valve in the ~idest opened state possible
within a range the engine can run with steady speed.
The needle valve serves to adjust the response charac- • In case of generator driving. set the needle valve
teristics of the governor. If the needle valve is properly under the rated speedSWe of the engine.
adjusted, the engine maintains the fuel injection volume • In case of a main marine engine or driving a pump,
after a change in load with the minimum rowional fluctua- for instance, set the needle valve under the mini-
tion and time. mum s~ state of the engine within its normal
The needle valve has. been adjusted to fit with the engine service range.
individually. In the following cases, the needle valve has
to be adjusted:
• In case where the governor is replaced or serviced. If the needle valve is closed too firmly, the governor
• In case where the governor is overhauled (disassem- becomes dull and the engine's response to a load
bled and repaired). change is delayed.
• When the visc~ity of hydraulic oil is changed ..
• In case where a linkage which coMCC1S the gover-
nor with a fuel injection pump is altered.
• In case where the set position of the droop adjuster
is changed.
11) After the air bleeding of the governor and setting of the
droop adjuster are finished, nm the engine as well as
the governor until they assume the usual ruMing state.
• As the engine is run at the no-load rated speed for
30 to 40 minutes, the viscosity of hydraulic oil
stabilizes in the usual n.inning state.
3-3
@' NZ GOVERNOR
In dle shipping of your engine from our shop, the governor has been adjusted and fed with hydraulic oil. However, in ease
where the governor is replaced, serviced or repaired, observe the following matters in the initial run:
2) Oil feedinc
(1) Feed the governor with new hydraulic oil to a level 2
to 3 mm above the center of the oil gauge.
(2) Move the governor vertically until the terminal arm
becomes heavy, and bleed the air from the power
piston and hydraulic oil passage.
(3) If the oil level drops, replenish the hydraulic oil up to
the specified oil level.
Fig. 3-S
Output Lever
&WARNING
Check if I linkage which connects the governor
with a fuel injection pump bas been fitted properly.
A poor connection of the linkage has a possibility of
being related to abrupt rotation of the engine.
&WARNING
Be sure to start tbe engine on tbe en1i11e side, and
have it ready so that it can be stopped at once.
Should abrupt rotation break oat, there is a possj.
bility or damagine the eneine or causing an accident
resultina in injury or death.
3-5
~ NZ GOVERNOR
3-7. Troubleshooting
A trouble of the governor normally appears as a speed change of the engine, but it is prac:tically impossible to forecast all
kinds of troubles.
This Chapter outlines the most general troubles of the governor.
A speed fluctuation and an unsatisfactory control are caused either by a trouble on the engine side or a trouble ofthe governor
or controller.
Siace the governor uses a large number of precision paru and there is a dangerofoverrunnin1 the cn1iae irparts
are wrongly incorporated or setting is improperly done, do not repair the governor in the field, but consult ~·our
nearest sales a1ent or service agent (shown in the service network list "'\' ANMAR Worldwide Service" appended
to this IED8ila.e Operation xanuaJ> for repair of your 1overnor.
NOTES:
(I) Replact also pans other than the aforementioned with the new ones if the wear, flaw, rust, etc. are found as a result of
overhaul inspection.
(2) As a general rule, replace those parts used more than 8 years or40,000 hours by the governor assembly.
99.5.21.R
~ NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. 4,.1
4-f
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
4-l
@' NZ GOVERNOR
&WARNING
When workin1on this adjustment, either cut ofrthe
power or cover the capacitor with insulator.
Iryou happen to touch it, there in possibility of an
electric shock or a nre caused by a short.
Fig. 4-3
Fig. 4-4
99.8.3R
4-3
@) NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. 4-S
2001.2.9 R
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
(4) Lightly insert the width across flats of the tip of the
push rod ® in a vice stand, loosen the nut @ , and
then take out the upper plate @) • diaphragm a> and
piston@. Fig.4-7
• NOTE: Incorporate this part upon coating it with seizure inhibitor (molydenum disulfide).
Fi&· 4-10
"
15
16
SCREW, adjust
HANDLE. Jock
PLUG, filler
I
I
I
30 PACKING 2
@J NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. 4-11
Fig. 4-12
4-7
~ NZ GOVERNOR
( l) Do not · :sassemble the governor unnecessarily except in the case of a special repair.
(2) In the case of a repair, have the replacement parts ready in advance.
(3) Prior to the disassembly, have the governor perfonnance and its adjusting spots put on recorded.
Comparing the adjusting values before and after the disassembly makes easy to fand out the cause of a trouble.
• Speed droop
• Droop adjuster set graduation
• Adjusting value of needle valve
• TenninaJ shaft pointer graduation
• Speed control shaft pointer gradualion
• Have a linkage to coMect the tenninal shaft with the fuel injection pump given with the set mark.
(4) When taking out the governor and after it is removed, pay your attention not to impart a shock to the terminal shaft,
speed control shaft and gear shaft. (Such a shock may cause a bend of the shaft, a positional deviation of a shaft bush
or a damage of internal parts.)
(5) After the governor is removed, cover it so that dust and foreign matter will not enter the governor driving device.
(6) Before disassembling the governor, clean its exterior to get rid of adhering dust, etc.
(7) Keep a disassembling workbench clean, and use clean light oil for cleaning fluid.
(8) The following tools are necessary for disassembly & reassembly of the governor:
I
Hex. W1alch key (S mm width across
For ~ing & anachina the bue SI
fbds) ..
Hex. wteneh ke)· (3 mm width across i
llau)
For detaching & IDIIChing the terminal arm scuc:rew Ii 62
i
!
Ex1raClOr (3.8 • x SO mm) For dra~ing out Ille forte spring pin j
!
so
(9) Be sure to change cotter pins, spring pins, wire, copper packings and other packings with the respective new ones at
time of disassembly.
Refer to Chapcer 3 for periodically replacing parts.
(l} Chapter J, Sec. 3-8. Criteria on Parts Replacement
5-1
@) NZ GOVERNOR
fig. 5-1
5-2
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
2 BASE I 38 NAMEPLATE I
S-J
@ NZ GOVERNO_R
In time of disassembling ( or reassembling) the governor, refer to Fig. ~I, the Development and the following proceudures:
An encircled numeral given in a figure of this Chapter or that appended to a part description appearing in the following
text refers to the corresponding numeral given in Fig. >1, Development,
Fig. >3
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
6) Draw out the cotter pins €3) from the guide lever
pins @ that are coupling the terminal arm @ with
the power piston @ , and remove the guide levers
® and suide lever pins @
CJ FJ&.5-10.
Fig. 5-5
Fig.5-6
5-5
. ~ NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. ~7
Fig. 5-9
@J' NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. S.10
5-7
.@1 NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. 5-12
2002.7.1~
@)' NZ GOVERNOR
1) Clean
• Clean (wash) the disassembled parts in clean cleaning fluid (light oil).
• During clez."1_ing. pay your attention not to impart hit marks panicularly to the pilot valve, pilot valve bushing, power
J'!;;'
piston, ne~ ., bearing, thrust washer, etc.
• Either wipe the cleaned pans with a clean cloth or blow the dry air against them to dry them.
• Check if the holes for hydraulic oil passage in the base and housing have been cleaned neatly,
2) Parts cbeci
• Check each pans for crack, damage and rust; and if found defective, correct or replace such a part.
• Arrows given in the following figures refer to checking points.
(I) Base
Replace those gear shaft and pilot valve bushing that
have scratch or sliding flaw or hit mark trace at the gear
fit pan with the new ones.
rig. s..13
(2) Housing
• Replace those gear shaft and pilot valve bushing
that have a flaw at the gear slide pan or those power
piston and pilot valve bushing that have a flaw at
the fitting hole with the new ones.
• Replace those terminal shafts and speed conlr'OI
shaft of which bearing bushes @ turn as fiaed
loosely or are worn off'by the housing assembly.
Fig.S-U
S-9
@, NZ GOVERNOR
Gear Shatt
Check also whether the spline fit hole on the gover-
nor driving device side is abnormally worn off or
not.
Fig. S-15
Fig. S-16
2002.7.lM
5-10
@) NZ GOVERNOR
Fi&· S-18
&cAUTION
Incorporate the piston with a hole on its end set at
the back.
Fig. S-19
--
S-JI
~ NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. 5-lO
Fig. S-21
(2) After driving in the taper pins, caulk four points around
taper pin holes.
Fig. 5-22
S-12
@' NZ GOVERNOR
Fig. S-23
Fig. 5-24
5-13
@) NZ GOVERNOR
5-6. Service Data in Servicing
This Section sets forth the adjusting (confirming) items at the test stand in time of servicing the governor as follows:
• Set the following items with the droop adjuster set to graduation S.
(Pay your anention so that the droop adjuster does not contact with the side of the floating lever.)
• Make the following adjustments (excluding No. IO & No. 11) with the needle valve fully opened (set to open at a position
J turns back from the completely closed position).
.? Mounting of the governor • Payins your attention so !hat the center of the gear shaft docs not
deviate from the center of the drivin& stand. tighten tightening nuts
unifonnly.
• Attach the (controller) cover, and have the control knob loosened
fully.
4 Running-in • Drive the gcvemor under the No. 3 state for 20 minutes, and check
that no hydraulic oil is leaking 10 the exterior.
(Cheek that there is no change in oil level of the oil gauge.)
s Setting of the temiinal shaft • Governor .spe:t: 1.000 :!: IO min- 1 (rpm)
pointer in the "O" position • Tum the speed control shaft in the direction of deceleration (in the
SPEED "O" direction).
• Set the terminal shaft pointer to the FUEL ·o· position, and tighten
the pointer screw.
2002. 7. lCR
5-14
@ NZ GOVERNOR
Should the tenninal shafLS tum more than t degree, check lhe
following pans. and correct or replace lhem.
2002.7.lOR
@ NZ GOVERNOR
<D The clearance between the power piston and the housing too large.
(Z) Compensator rod malfunctioned.
~ Pilot valve conuol land damaged.
® Governor spring incorporated wrongly.
~ Jiggle of the fork, spring fork and floating lever coupling pan too
large.
~ Side gap of the speed control shaft and terminal shafts too large.
S.16
@' NZ GOVERNOR
Procedures for Inspecting the Terminal Sha rt Opcrat- Antj.jiggling Performance Inspecting Procedures
ing Torque
Deflection angle: Within 0.4 deg.
Reading of dial
gauge: Within 0.14 mm
\I 0
\
- FUEL• Oir. FUEL· Cir...... \
\
\r-ik=~'ti
FUEL 2 Graduations
FUEL 1 Graduation
Fig. S-28
Fig. 5-26
Ccnllot Knob
Reading of dial
gauge: Within 0.35 mm - Shift angle: Within 1 deg.
\ 0
FUEL 4 Graduations
Fig. S-27
S-17
NZ Series Hvdraulic Governor
Model NZ61/NZ115
SERVICE MANUAL
YANMAR CO., LTD.
1st Edition: June. 1997
2nd Edition: July, 2002
3rd Edition: July, 2005
11.8.C.No.142221-997031
2005. 7. 1 lR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Governor & Governor Gear No. Page
60 Overhauling the Governor Link 1/2
60-02a-OO
c
,6'-----.. \.. ,
2) Adjust the coupling bolt on the No.2 lever so that the distance between the center of the No.1 lever shaft
and the center of the coupling rod is about 100 mm. Then connect the coupling rod to the governor lever.
Governor Lever
Coupling Bolt
Lock Bolt
YAIIMAA
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Governor & Governor Gear No. Page
60 Overhauling the Governor Link 60-02a-OO 2/2
3) Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the end of output shaft, and turn this shaft all the way toward the fuel
DECREASE side, to bring the pointer to graduation "O".
Next, tum the output shaft toward the fuel INCREASE side by one graduation, to set the pointer to "1 ".
Secure the governor lever to the output shaft by clamping the mounting bolt.
4) Confirm that there is no twist in the governor links.
5) Move the start/stop handle to the RUN position and then to the STOP position. Confirm the graduated rack
reading for each fuel injection pump.
STOP position: This start/stop handle position corresponds to the injection pump position where nothing is
heard from the injectors as the flywheel is turned.
YA II MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Governor & Governor Gear No. Page
60 Overhauling the Governor Drive Unit 60-03a-OO 1/2
1 . Disassembly Governor
Remove the governor before disassembling the governor drive unit.
• Before removing the governor, record the speed regulation and status of each adjusting point.
• When removing the governor, do not give an impact to the terminal shaft, speed control shaft, gear
shaft, etc.
• Pay attention not to make the spline of driving gear shaft fail when the governor is dismissed, and
take it out vertically.
'
I Governor
Tightening Nut
Governor Mount
Adjustment Shim
0-ring
Spline Coupling
Bevel Gear
OUS1J-ODE
VAN MAR
&EYIO{AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Governor & Governor Gear No. Page
60 Overhauling the Governor Drive Unit 60-03a-OO 212
When incorporating the ball bearing (J) & ® to the driving shaft, press fit them, applying the load to the
inner race of the bearings.
3) Reassembly
(1) Reassemble the drive unit in the sequence reverse to disassembly.
(2) Replace the 0-rings with new ones.
(3) Mount the governor gear, and check the backlash of the bevel gear.
To adjust the backlash, adjust the thickness of adjusting shim under the governor mount.
Backlash of bevel gear : !lWJ 00-09 Assembly Adjustment Values /Clearance & Wear Limits of Major Parts
When installing the governor, make sure there is no facing fitting of governor shaft and spline coupling.
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL ti!M1fit&~BJl!= Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 idU±fl1{t- 1/5
60-51a-OO
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor
13 ~\ 75 ~87
-: 13 C>--7 2
/ 7 71
17
24 22
27 \ 86
32
74 "k (Y 2 6,)
34--0 ~~ ~88-;A
86
26
~\/
23 ~· ~ 88
22
/
S
~
~
\
/\
, 9
18
16
4670
0
1 8
1 9
/~28
77
47
86 70 1 2------fJl
2 6 '\
11~
':
88*
86'=
26 30
88
8~
60 65
6
49
*-< -SIDE
7 '7 -1'
FLYWHEEL
JL,fflQ
(1)
&·.,., . ,.,
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL tlMI&t&fillBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 jfbJ±:fl,tt" 2/5
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor 60-51a-OO
VAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL ffl!mJ~t&fil!BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ;m~tJ,<t- 3/5
-~
60-51a-OO
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor
YAN MAR
&EY18!AlL r,l~nt&~Bjj~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ;JbJzfl1<t- 4/5
-~
60-51a-00
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor
YAN MAR
&EYl&!AlL tl™l~f&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ;EB)zfl,~t-
60-51a-OO 5/5
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor
VAIIMAA
&EYIO(AJL nlMl&!&~BJHS: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ;dl~t.i ,~t-lllblifR 60-52a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor Driving Device
28 e
19
@ 24
8 13
Q 25
0 21
Q---26
.®...____ 14
~ 15
o 20
~29 (j_
~ 30
~.--22
27---;
6
5
7 71 *-(-Jl,ffltj
FLYWHEEL SIDE
YAN MAR
6EY10(AlL t!!OO:mtt&~B~~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ;dJJztJ,<t-Ulbltft 60-52a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Hydraulic Governor Driving Device
VANMAR
&EY10(AlL tlOOlnlt&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
C/l,fl,i! No. Page
60 fl1(-j-~-, ( 1) ;a ':J 1--A-1' ':J"T1'1")
60-53a-OO 1 /4
Parts List of Governor Motor (With Limit Switch)
57
54
33 55
r64 53
32 ~66
c) '"'-'-=· '--' 65
1
2
37
0202SO- oox
YAN MAR
GEYIBIAlL #lfl1lfSlt&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
R/11/i. No. Page
60 fl1<-r=e:-,; ( IJ S '!I t-A-1' '!l"T#)
60-53a-OO 2/4
Parts List of Governor Motor (With Limit Switch)
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL fl™1~t&~B. .WS Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL ~P.ll~t&filtSJH! Operation Manual M46623
1/Mi,if No. Page
60 fl ,<-t=E-, c •J a ':I t-A ,< ,, "Tft)
-~
60-53a-OO 4/4
Parts List of Governor Motor (With Limit Switch)
YAIIMAA
&EYIO!AlL fflP:ll~t&~B}J.!f Operation Manual M46623
39~
52
YAN MAR
GEYIBtAlL ~OOJ&t&ma.Jj~ Operation Manual M46623
JlW
No
v"J1,
Level
t-'I
Order
86~-~
Part No. $~~~ Part Name
ii~ Q'ty
A B
il;;lt
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL ~M~t.&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 fl1~7=E-, ( ~A-f ':!"TM L,)
1) ~ ':I
3/4
Parts List of Governor Motor (Without Limit Switch) 60-54a-OO
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~f!lUnit&~BJHI Operation Manual M46623
-~
60-54a-OO
Parts List of Governor Motor (Without Limit Switch)
fil~ Q'ty
JW v"Ji, t-'I &11&1•~ ffB&1:g~ Part Name
No Level Order Part No. A B Remarks
YIINMAA
&EYIO(AlL flmJ~f&~B.Jl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 At:- I-! IJ v- 60-55a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Speed Relay
,
2
3
4
YJINMJIR
6EY181AlL UlM~f&mBJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 Al:- i-: ') L,- 2/2
Parts List of Speed Relay 60-55a-OO
Jilt
No
1
1..,1'\J~
Level
1
t-'I
Order
ffllJMI~
Part No.
46111-045280 Al::- t:
ffll8li~~
1) v-
Part Name
SPEED RELAY
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
iii~
A
1
Q'ty
B
-~
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~nlll&t&filHl.JJ~ Operation Manual M46623
60-56a-OO
Page
1/2
1a--Q
13 @
8 @)
14 ~
15--~
Co)
23 ~
10-c=)
3---@
21~~
24~~
1a--Q
17-ij
10-c=)
,r \
27~
22-@
30 ~
31 28~
20
23
t?
& ? 51'
OPPOSITE
*"' -Jl.,ffl•
SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
02o;zs1-oox
YAN MAR
&EYIBlAlL tiM~t&~EIJlm: Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 -~ :f.J ~;, t,. ( tlJIII.. f$.Ll:.) 2/2
Parts List of Fuel Cut (Fuel Limit & Engine Stop) 60-56a-OO
VANMAR
6EY10(AlL tlfMJ~j&~BJHS:Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 111Jillt11 60-57a-OO 1/3
Parts List of Governor Linkage
& 7 5 -(
OPPOSITE SIDE
*-< - Jl,fflg
OF FLYWHEEL
33 7
17 \
4 15
~
34
30
29
VAN MAR
GEYIB(AlL ffi!MlfJlt&~BJI~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 UJil.11 60·57a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Governor Linkage
YANMAII
&EYIB(AlL -~~f&filtBJHI Operation Manual M46623
••••
No. Page
60
60-57a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Governor Linkage
J.ltl
No
v"''~
Level
t-'I
Order
!6~-~
Part No. $~~fl!; Part Name
ii~ Q'ty iii~
Remrks
A B
31 1 22351-050030 'J...1')'.l'fr.'.I 5. 0 Ax 3 0 PIN, 5.0A X 30 14 14
32 1 22451-100100 ';I ';i 1) i! J 1 . Q X 1 QQ WIRE. 1. 0 X 100 1 1
33 1 24550-020200 t-:51' 1';1:,r.J.. 2 0 x 2 0 BEARING. 20 X 20 3 3
34 1 26206-080352 if.JI, I- 8 x35 BOLT. 8 X 35 2 2
35 1 26206-120252 if.JI, I- 1 2 x 2 5 BOLT, 12 X 25 4 4
36 1 26557-060122 t"':J*~ (+7t 6x 1 2 SCREW. 6 X 12 6 6
37 1 26706-080002 T':J 1- a NUT. 8 2 2
38 1 26756-060002 I- ;( ;- ':J I- 6 NUT. 6 6 6
39 1 26796-080002 I- ;t T':J 1- a NUT, 8 1 1
40 1 26796-100002 I- ;t T':J I- 1 0 NUT. 10 1 1
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL •milJsifhU~PJjffl Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 §!f$1 \ ~ ~ JL,
60-SBa-OO 1/2
Parts List of Start/Stop Handle
7 4
»:
3~
1 8
7 5 -1' *-<-JL,ffl!J
FLYWHEEL SIDE
VAN MAR
GEY10(AlL ~M!Blt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
A : 6EY18L B : 6EY18AL
YANMAR
&EYIB(A)L tlM!Dlt&filtBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ilM~ 60-59a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Link A'ssy
13
*
? 51' 1' - JL,ffl4
FLYWHEEL SIDE
0202545-00X
YAN MAR
6EY18!AlL ~rMUt~t&mBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
60 ilt!W 60-59a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Link A'ssy
,
2 1 146673-66390 ~~:, t- (::J;t-?9 SHAFT. CONNECTOR 1 1
3 1 146623-66400 v::...,7•;;:n::..., PIPE. CONNECTING 1
4 1 137900-66420 v::...,7•;;:n ::...,:t.i 5- COLLAR. CONNECTING 1 1
5 1 146673-66430 1,.:t, (v::...,7•.:,:t.i::..., SPRING. CONNECT PIPE 1 1
6 1 138613-66440 v::...,7·;;:t.i::...,t-·;; t- NUT. CONNECTING PIPE 1 1
7 1 132310-66590 v::...,7·;;:t.i::...,1::::..., PIN. CONNECT PIPE 1 1
8 1 22137-080000 -+fti.:t- (~ti~ 8 WASHER, 8 1 1
9 1 22212-080000 J\-1'- -+fti;;'f, 8 WASHER. 8 1 1
10 1 22351-040016 J..1 )"./>/t."./
1 4. 0 Ax 16 PIN, 4.0A X 16 1 1
11 1 22417-320200 ? IJ I:: . ., 3 . 2 X 2 0 PIN, 3.2 X 20 1 1
12 1 26206-080202 ;f-Jt, t- 8X2Q BOLT. 8 X 20 1 1
13 1 26206-100302 ;f-Jt, I- 1 0 x 3 0 BOLT. 10 X 30 1 1
YAN MAR
65
Control • Protective Devices
& Special Attachments
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Control & Protective Devices No. Page
63 Maintenance of the Pressure Gauge 63-06a-OO 1/2
Rubber Cap
/
r-H-.............~
(3) Should the sealing liquid become contaminated or its level drop, detaches the rubber cap, and changes
the sealing liquid or replenishes the pressure gauge with its sealing liquid. Sealing liquid (P/# 42111-
002800) is optionally available.
(4) When the pressure gauge is replaced with the new one, use it after cutting off the navel of the rubber
cap to open a ventilating hole to the gauge.
(If the gauge is not provided with the opened ventilating hole, the indication becomes be out of order.)
VAN MAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Control & Protective Devices No. Page
63 Maintenance of the Pressure Gauge 63-06a-OO 2/2
(Adjustment procedures)
( 1 ) Detach the top cover from the pressure transmitter.
(2) Lightly press a small screwdriver (of which head is 2 mm in diameter) against the ZERO or SPAN adjust
screw, and turn the screw as the need arises.
• As the screw is turned clockwise, the valve shown will change as shown by the arrow in the following
graphs.
Screwdriver
Top Cover
Pressure Transmitter
111111111
Connector
4
,/~ Current
4
O Po· P p. kgf/cm2 O P' P kgf/cm2
Pressure Pressure
014474-008
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Electromagnetic Pickup 65-03a-OO 1/1
This pick up is a sensor used to detect the rotational speed of the engine. It is mounted near the outer edge of
the flywheel ring gear.
If the clearance is badly adjusted, the actual engine speed may not be detected, and the protective
device (for over-speeding) may not be activated.
• Adjust the screw in the pickup so that the clearance between the pickup tip and the outer edge of the
ring gear is 1.4 to 2.1 mm. {Screw in the pickup tip so that it touches the outer edge of the ring gear, and
then turn it back by 1 - 1 .5 turns.)
• Tighten the lock nut securely.
Electromagnetic Pickup
Lock Nut
//
x
/.
VANMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Control Position Select Switch 65-04a-OO 1/1
0
! • i- . ~
! ! m"'i
~ .. -L .. Yd
GDM Connector 019185·002
2) Operation procedure
Before maintaining or inspecting the engine, be sure to set this switch to the engine side.
When the engine is ready to be started, this switch should be set to the remote control side.
YAIIMAR
&EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Turning Switch 65-0Sa-OO 1/1
This switch is incorporated in the flywheel cover. It is designed so as to prevent an automatic or remote start
from taking place while the engine is turning.
The ON/OFF signal from this switch is incorporated as one of the starting conditions in the automatic and
remote starting circuits of the engine. Therefore, when the wing bolt closes FIC confirmation window, the cir-
cuit is off and the engine cannot be started either automatically or remotely.
Since this switch is turned on when the roller part pushed in, only the COM and NO terminals are used. The
NC terminal is not sued.
Conduct the performance test on this switch once every three months.
Wing Bolt
Limit Switch
YAN MAR
&EYIO!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Start/ Stop Lever Interlock Switch 65-06a-OO 1/2
YANMAR
GEY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL . M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Start/Stop Lever Interlock Switch 65-06a-OO 2/2
I
I
,.r
,/·?1 \:
' I•.
I
(STOP)
cc:::-··--·-·--.
;
A --.I
i I r--'-'-_u...............,;;
@Actuator
/--! I'
i I!
;
's.,j ! :
[[Jj·1 =-----,
,-,,--,--,-- >---....-~--'='--
~ ... :2.~.... ,.. ':: :_"''.'." .."'"";;·: .... -.-····"····-··J.. · ..
&CAUTION 1----------------------...
Both during operation and while in the start stand-by mode, the actuator @ on this microswitch should
never be touched.
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the ElectromagneticStop Valve 65-08a-OO 1/2
• This electromagnetic valve requires 24V DC and 0.38A of current (continuous rating).
• If the voltage is changed, make sure to keep the voltage within -10 to +15% of the rated voltage.
2) Servicing
This electromagnetic valve does not need any special maintenance or inspection. However, in order to keep
the magnetic valve in good condition and working a long time, it is best to perform a periodic inspection, once
or twice a year.
When removing the electromagnetic valve from the system or performing maintenance, be sure to turn
off the power. discharge the fluid, and relieve any air pressure.
(1) Disassembly
Disassemble the valve as follows.
CDRemove the nut on the coil housing and detach the solenoid from the main housing.
® When the core tube assembly (4) is removed, the inner parts of the valve body can be disassembled
easily, in order.
@ Be very careful not to damage the parts when disassembling the valve.
VAN MAR
&EYIO{AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the ElectromagneticStop Valve 65-08a-OO 2/2
(2) Checking
Check the following items.
CDMake sure the actual voltage is the same as the voltage specified for the coil.
® Check the coil for damage.
If the following DC resistance is measured, the coil is normal.
24V DC coil: 45 Q
@ See if any sealing tape or other material has entered or clogged the valve or orifice.
@ Check for any oil mist or oil in the valve.
® Check for flaws and excessive wear on the seat of the movable piece (plunger: ® ).
® Check for a broken spring or permanent fatigue in the spring.
(3) Reassembly
CD Carefully clean the parts that will be reused.
® Tighten the core tube to a torque of 30 N-m.
@ Fasten the nut on the coil housing tightly.
@After reassembly, check the following items.
• Does the valve operate normally at the minimum and maximum working pressure?
• Are there any internal leaks when the solenoid is not pulling the plunger up?
YA II MAR
6EY18!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Air Filter 65-09a-OO 1/1
The air filter for the starting air is attached to the air inlet on the engine.
Cap
Ol8969-DOE
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Servicing of Starting Time Fuel Control Air Piston & Stopping Air Piston 65-12a-OO 1/4
In the figure below, the component@ is the starting time fuel control air piston; the component@, the stopping
air piston.
Fig. 65-12-1 Fuel control Air Piston & Stopping Air Piston
t
t
F.O. Reduced
@ OU816-001i:
YAN MAR
&EYIO{AJL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Servicingof StartingTime Fuel ControlAir Piston& StoppingAir Piston 65-12a-OO 2/4
Adjusting Screw
VAN MAR
&EY1B!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Because if this rack scale is taken too little, the lever ® shifts to the right as the fuel shut-off and comes into
collision with pinion sleeve of fuel pump to cause a poor working, (If this setting is poor, full load may not be
applied) and if the rack scale is taken too much, on the other hand, the stroke of stopping air piston transmit-
ted to the lever C becomes less, and consequently, the engine cannot be stopped by this air piston. There-
fore, pay attention to the above matters.
To check the starting time fuel control air piston and the stopping air piston, send in the control air, and confirm
of movement of lever ® .
Conduct a performance test on both air pistons once in every three months.
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments · No. Page
65 Servicingof Starting Time Fuel ControlAir Piston& StoppingAir Piston 65-12a-OO 4/4
1) Disassembly
Disassemble the air piston in the ascending sequence of numbers given in Fig. 65-12-4.
I Safety System Stopping Air Piston j ! Fuel Control &·Engine Stopping Air Piston!
Adjusting Screw
CD
Adjusting Screw
018879-0DE
2) Reassembly
Reassemble the air piston in the sequence reverse to disassembly.
e Incorporate the piston, applying lubricating oil or lithium series grease to its sliding part.
• Replace the 0-ring with the new one.
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Fuel Oil Float Switch 65-17a-00 1 /2
The float switch will open the normally closed contacts (B contact) when the level in the fuel oil tank rises.
Since the position of this float switch was set when it was shipped from the factory, it is not necessary to dis-
assemble, adjust, or maintain it. The float will fall if the stopper under the float is removed. Therefore, do not
remove it.
1. Principle of Operation
When the magnet that is built into the float passes through the detection range of the reed switch, the float
switch is activated.
Magnet
Float 11
Reed Switch 011113-CIOE.
Float
' About 36mm
ON * : The operation reverses when
the float descends.
Stopper
VANMAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Special Attachments No. Page
65 Maintenance of the Fuel Oil Float Switch 65-17a-OO 2/2
3. Notes on Handling
Do not hit or bang the float switch, or handle it carelessly. It may cause a malfunction.
1) Notes and points for long-term storage of a spare
a. Store it indoors so that it is not exposed to direct sunlight, rain, or wind. (Seal it in plastic or a similar con-
tainer.)
b. Do not lay it directly on the floor. Put it on a palette to store it.
c. Do not detach the cover over the switch case until the float switch is installed on the device and the wires
are connected.
d. Perform a visual inspection regularly (about every six months).
2) Notes on initial operation
When using the float switch after it has been stored for a long time:
a. Check the bolts and screws for looseness.
b. Measure the insulation resistance of the microswitch and make sure it is 10 M Q or more.
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL tl™lnt&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
10-i
9
ylJ~-r:10·;1? 6
CYLINDER BLOCK
VAii MAR
6EY18(AlL tllOOJUit&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
6/Ilt,~ No. Page
65 tiff=~-- ( )f,-it]JJ<~tl~) 65-51a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Control Air Pipe(Cooling Water Switch Valve)
A: 6EY18l B: 6EY18AL
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL IUVJ~j&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
VAN MAR
6EY18(AlL t:i~Jnl!&~BJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EY10(AlL ~mllBlt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 tlif~-· .. 65-53a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Control Air Joint
& 7 7,(
OPPOSITE
*-<SIDE
-JL,fflij
OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
&EYIOlAlL tl~nt&fillBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 tlfl:!l~-~ 65-53a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Control Air Joint
YAN MAR
-~~it·~ (
GEYIO!AlL fl~Jult&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
6/ltl,lt No. Page
65 1 iltlil# ) ( g;g,J( ) 65-54a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Control Air Joint (High Temp. Water)
& 7 5 ,( *,(-JL,fflg
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL 0202,1.oox
YANMAA
6EY18(A)L ~OOlflH&~B~~ Operation Manual M46623
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18Al
Jltfj
No
l,,1\)1,
Level
t-'I·
Order
ft! ~-~
Part No.
@n~:gf;li Part Name
i!H!l a·ty
A B
ft~
Remrks
VANMAA
tiff~··· (
&EY10(AlL ~OOlflH&filtBA~ Operation Manual M46623
RPlr,N No. Page
65 1 ilfflil#) ( iiil*)
Parts List of Control Air Joint (Low Temp. Water) 65-55a-OO 1 /2
6
2
::)) x..>: 10 ,
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~OO~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
VAN MAR
-~~-·-¥ (
&EYIO(AlL t:i~nt&mBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
l!/l!l,£ No. Page
65 2 illtfl4t ) ( al;&*& iiil*) 65-56a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Control Air Joint (2 connect) (High/Low Temp. Water)
s: ? 7,(;f.,(-Jl,m.
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL 0202,3.oox
VAN MAR
&EYIBlAlL ~OOl&J&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tlfVJ.l&t&fillBJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 flfFilp}fijJjlA ,( ':J 7
65-61a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Operation Place Change-over Switch
5
3
6 3
0202U-00X
YAN MAR
GEY1B!AlL ~OO~t&~B}J~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ll~ilPliiJHiA-'t ':J =f 2/2
Parts List of Operation Place Change-over Switch
YAIIMAR
&EYIB!AlL ~Ml&t&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ~lbA1' '!/ 'T
65-62a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Start Switch
77,(;t-,(-JI,~
FLYWHEEL SIDE
020266•00X
YA II MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~lillBlt&~BJf~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ~lbA,( ':J 7 65-62a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Start Switch
YAIIMAR
&EYIB!AIL ~Ml&t&~a}Jil Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 •m 1: ':J 'J 7 ':J -:1
Parts List of Magnetic Pick-up 65-63a-00 1/2
75-(;t-,(-JL,{M
FLYWHEEL SIDE
0202'7-00X
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~IVJ~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 •• t: ':J ? 7 ':J -:J 65-63a-OO 212
Parts List of Magnetic Pick-up
1 1 46150-070480 "":? '/ *.:f '') 'J t!. '') 'J 7 'Ti PICKUP. MAGNET 1 1
2 1 23414-160000 J\'');\=-:.,(~}l, 16X1. 0 GASKET. 16 X 1.0 1 1
3 1 45511-006890 t ';/ t- (5/ 8- 1 8 UN F NUT. 5/8-18UNF 1 1
4 1 46150-070480 "":? '/ :r·-=f''J'J t!. '') 'J 7 '') 1 PICKUP, MAGNET 1 1 (1)
VAHMAR
&EYIB!AlL tlP:ll~t&~B~~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ltll~ 65-64a-OO 1/3
Parts List of Gauge Panel
,2
2,--&
22~
~
18
32
020271-00X
YANMAII
GEY10(AlL ~M~t&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ltft~ 65-64a-OO 2/3
Parts List of Gauge Panel
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
YANMAA
&EYIB(AlL ~OO~t&~BJH!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 1t11• 3/3
-~
65-64a-OO
Parts List of Gauge Panel
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL ~~~fhUS1BJJi!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 JD{ f;t~ ( If :t.J A,( ':I 'T )
1/2
Parts List of Bracket (Pressure Switch) 65-71a-00
? 5-<
FLYWHEEL
*-< -Jl,fflQ
SIDE
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL tllVUDlt&mBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 Jflft~ ( II1JA1' ':JT) 65-71a-00 2/2
Parts List of Bracket (Pressure Switch)
f l ~-~
A:6EY18L B:6EY18AL
VAIIMAR
&EYIB(AlL ~00:I&t&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
l!Mr,if No. Page
65 JijJ A '1' '.:I 'T & TA ~ I ~Jl,1 ( 3 ii ) ( ;Mfflim ) 1/2
Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (3 Connects) (L.O.) 65-72a-OO
l±:t.l~ilSlllHtlt~
TRANSMITTER. PRESS.
BA
'7 7-(
FLYWHEEL
*"' -Jt,fllg
SIDE 0202'9-00X
VAii MAR
GEYIB(AlL ffl!OOI&t&filtBJl~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL tlMl&t&aStBJH!: Operation Manual M46623
Cfl,fl,Jf No. Page
65 ~;t.J A 1' '1 "T & TA t-, <JL, '1 ( Mit &>?i'~JJ<ffi) 1/2
Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Boost Air & Cooling Water) 65-73a-OO
6
4
u 3
l-2
©---3 ff 1J ~ffl ff ID! it It el
TRANSMITTER. PRESS.
SA
Ll ©----3
3
? 7,( *1'-JL,fflll
:=rJ9 FLYWHEEL SIDE
©--------3
0202?0-00X
YAN MAR
&EY18(AJL tt\!OO~t.&filtBJH!t Operation Manual M46623
lW
No
L,l'\/1,
Level
t-'I
Order
&n~fll:-ij-
Part No.
{ffl~:g~ Part Name
fil~ O'ty
A B
"~
Remarks
VAHMAR
&EYIB(AJL tiOO.I&t.&~BJH! Operation Manual M46623
.i/JJl,if No. Page
65 Jz:t.JA~ •:J 7 & TA t--1<JL,-:/ ( ~I.J~i{.ffl) 1/2
Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Starting Air) 65-74a-OO
*-< -Jl,i}llj
&. ? '5-(
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
VAN MAR
GEYIBIAlL ~00:ID{f&illBJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
VAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL tlOOl&t&~BA=!t Operation Manual M46623
65
1/!Jldf
Jx:jJ A,( ':I =f & TA "I ~JL, ~ ( flfF~fitffl )
No.
Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Control Air) 65-75a-00
Page
1/2
!--1
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL t!IVJl&t&~BJl!t Operation Manual M46623
Jllli
No
1
1.,/{JI,
Level
1
t-'I
Order
ffll~--i;-
Part No.
146623-73420
ffll~:t~
PIPE.AIR(SW IN)
1111!! Q'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
A : 6EY1 SL B : 6EY1 SAL
Re11arks
2 1 146623-86300 ~ 1)
1 1711 ( 'J '7-lf I 7 SW) BRACKET 1 1
3 1 46150-052410 T °A t- 1 \)I, :1 ( 1 I,.,~ VALVE. TEST 1 1 1
4 1 43600-030772 =- - t,: )l,J \)I, :1 VALVE, NEEDLE 1 l
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL tlOOlDH&fil!BA~ Operation Manual M46623
1/llldl No. Page
65 ~:t.JA-1' ':J :t-& TA t,.1~J~7 ( 11$Hdlffl) 1/2
Parts List of Pressure Switch & Test Valve (Fuel Oi I) 65-76a-OO
3-0'-
2---!
VANMAII
&EYIB!AlL ~mJJ&t&~BJf~ Operation Manual M46623
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ffl!Mlfif&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
65-77a-OO
Page
1/2
7 5 -( * -( - Jl,fflg
FLYWHEEL SIDE
~-----i
t:? 0
& 7 7,( *,(-Jl,{M
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL 020274-00X
YAN MAR
6EY18(AlL t!OO~t&filtBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ;BJIA.-( ':J =f
65-77a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Temperature Switch
YAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~oont&~ElJHI Operation Manual M46623
65 ··;g•m:~ No.
65-78a-OO
Page
1/2
--
Parts List of Resistor CMP
,, - -........
/ '
-,
/
I
12
13
14 __ -+-
15
1 6
17 .
..,
..,
0
1 1 ,..
0
c(
9-----!
10 ---ccj:o
.!ilfll ...
Item
No.
!11.fli.,ij,
Part No.
A L IIH-tur•
Installation Position
.
Remarks
~
1 46150-051750 100 1800 No. l '.,, 1) :.,, 'I"-·:; i.: i No. 1 Cy I. Head
2 46150-051760 100 2000 No. 2 '.,, 1; :.,, 'I"·:; i-: i No. 2 Cy I. Head
3 46150-051770 100 2300 No. 3 '.,, 1; :.,,lj" ·:; i-: i No. 3 Cyl. Head a:1u,:mm~
4 46150-051780 100 2500 No. 4 :,., 1) :.,, 'I"-·:; t: i No. 4 Cy I. Head IPIIIIIP TR-S ct
5 46150-051790 100 No. 5 :,., 1) :.,, 'I"-•:; i.: i No. 5 Cy I. Head Resistor (High Tenp.)
2800
MEIYO ELECTRIC Co. LTD.
6 46150-051800 100 3000 No. 6 :,., 1J :.,, "" ·:; i.: ! No. 6 Cy I. Head Type: PTR·SC
7 46150-050221 100 3700 ~llilll (~-t::.,}..CJ) i Exh. ConnectingPipe(T/C In)
8 46150-053950 100 4500 !!~..._:.,, i.: (tl!UlttiC) i Exh. Gas Bend (Eng. Out)
12 46150-072220 100 L.O. ?-'5 i L.O. Cooler
ltill*•~•c
1800
13 46150-072230 100 2800 (ifi;J]l(ffl1D
Water Co 11 ect i ng Pipe C (H/T Water)
fil:ml!Mitm~
14 46150-072240 tifil!Jf(.tf (;f(:.,,:f }-aJ <!lt1\l7lcffl!Jl ~gflll(IPTR-M~
100 2500 Water Pipe C. W. Pump In (L/TWater) Resistor (High Temp.)
15 46150-072250 100 :..-•J:.,,'J1r:i·:;? (No.2 :,.,1J:.,,'1) IIIEIYO ELECTRIC Co. LTD.
1500 Cyl. Block (No. 2 Cyl.) Type: PTR-11
16 46150-072260 60 4500 F. 0. :. LS"Fffll ! Lower side of F. 0. Filter
17 46150-072270 100 2800 ;1iil)Jj(•ttc (l;X}j(Q!) i Water Collecting Pipe C (H/T Water)
010:ns-oox
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL ffl!M~t&~a}J~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 jJIJ;&amf* 65-78a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Resistor CMP
~tt:
No
1
L.,/{JI,
Level
1
-Ji-'I
Order
!Uiflifiit-ij-
Part No.
46150-051750
86 ifti :ti '11'
'J?;t:...:;-1:::i1'91 (/\,(;\:-
Part Name
RESISTOR, EXHAUST
A: 6EY18L B: 6EY18AL
till. O'ty
A
1
B
1
-~
Remarks
No. I CYL
YAN MAR
&EYIB!AlL tmOOmlt&~BJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
•••
No . Page
65
65-79a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Junction Box
020276-00X
VAN MAR
6EY181AlL tlMlf~t&mBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 fiMffl 65-79a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Junction Box
J!W
No
1
[II'\)~
Level
1
t-;'
Order
ffn~MI~
Part No.
46150-072280 1 1 2 P
ftll6b :g f$
1!';/'l?J\::J
Part Name
YAN MAR
&EYIO(AlL tlBHI&t&filtBJH!= Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ;Afitt 65-80a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Thermometer
9
7 12
@-2
r'A1 10
~13
'
11~
@-s 14 "'@
15
1 8
22
@-19
J 21
@-16
B-11 20~
0202'9-COX
YAN MAR
&EY10(AIL tlMmlt&fillBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
65 ;gJllt 65-80a-00 2/2
Parts List of Thermometer
YAN MAR
Starting Air System & Air Motor
6EYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Starting Air System & Air Motor No. Page
70 Outline of the Main Components 70-01a-00 1 /3
1. Outline
The air system in the engine is composed of a startup air system that starts the engine, an air system that
controls the amount of fuel injected when the engine starts (it also stops the engine), and a safety/control air
system that controls engine speed using the governor. An air motor is used to start the engine. The com-
pressed air pressure (maximum pressure: 2.9MPa) used to start the engine is reduced to 1.0MPa with a pres-
sure regulator, and then sent to the air motor.
The compressed air is sent through the safety/control air system from the inboard compressed air tank to
drive the air piston, at a pressure of 0. 7 - 1.0MPa.
CD In the lowest part of the piping between the air reservoir and the air motor, install the drain valve or
the drain automatic operation exhaust device
(2.) Supply dry air to the control air.
/--.,
I r :> ,,
'
( \ )'
B t=~·
·-· -·-· -··--··-· · - ·· - ··-· ·- · - - · -
' I
lr-~~------··-·--·---~----·---·-·-·q] r-·-.J ,
'tORacyj~r~_ __I~··-,, .
L~_ARG.5.8)COOLER'
LJ ·!:·1
! (1
I N0.61 : • :
, ,/-1 ! 1'-'\1 i
:I "ii' .
11-1 r-·'.1 I! 1': I [
IJ
I." . ·I: · I N0.1
----,!
y :: :I: !
!
i:
'SOA I
r·~
CYL.
,_,. ._,
riL1 :11 JJ!
: :
\.._) '·-
J..l.l c L. r··
'---· ·~' ',-..,
t
LJI
STARTING MAGNET VALVE
WITH MANUAL PUSH-BUTION
·----------!~ '
-H+; !
MIST GAS OUTLE1L.... -· _ -··-··- .. -··-··-··-··-··- .. !
AIR PISTON FOR ENG. STOP
&F.O. LIMITATION
FOR FO.LIMIT FOR STOP (CONTROL)
I It-
,.Jtii ,....,
•w
I....
...I _ ~
,-
'z
0:: ,o::
<..... I<
1(!)
oO •z
~Ci: I~
oz
. t- -c ,ei:
·o LOI~
9 (.)
A3 @ e1-nn-ooa
(Remarks)
This is a standard system diagram.
Details at each construction have been described to the final drawing.
YAN MAR
GEYIO(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Starting Air System & Air Motor No. Page
70 Outline of the Main Components 70-01a-OO 2/3
2. Starting device
The starting device is a turbine type air motor, which drives the ring gear through a pinion gear to tum the
engine. A relay valve, starting valve and pressure regulator are integrated into the air motor.
Pressure Gauge
Solebold Valve
018011·00£
In the emergency, it is possible to start the engine by pushing the air motor manual push-button.
!WJ 00-22 Starting
VAHMAII
GEY101AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Starting Air System & Air Motor No. Page
70 Outline of the Main Components 70-01a-00 3/3
4. Safety/control device
The safety/control system consists of a governor, a start/stop handle, a fuel injection pump, an air piston, and
associated linkage. The linkage interlocks these parts with the lever shaft and other moving parts.
When the engine is started, the air piston acts on the interlock lever connected to the fuel injection control
shaft (1st lever shaft), which controls the fuel injection volume. It also huts off the fuel injection when the
engine must make an emergency stop. Normally, the start/stop handle is used to stops the engine.
Main Circuit
rb from Pressure
Reducing Valve
~
Air Port (Pilot Outlet)
01104.l-OOI
YAN MAR
&EY10!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Starting Air System & Air Motor No. Page
70 Overhauling the Air Motor 70-02a-00 1/1
This engine uses a turbine-powered air motor and its drive housing is pre-engaged type.
The model number is 150TJF88R54-300.
This air motor generates a torque up to 342N-m at a starting air pressure of 1.0MPa.
Refer to the explanation in this manual (in section 00-22a-00).for details about how the engine starts routinely.
For a description of the air motor overhaul procedure, refer to the air motor manufacturer's manual
WINSTALLATIONAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for SERIES 150T( )P TURBINE-POWERED STARTERS~
and f Operation and Maintenance Manual for Series SRV 125F Starter Relay Valve] included with this engine.
Manual included:
r1NSTALLATIONAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for SERIES 150T( )P TURBINE-POWERED STARTERS.!!
[Operanon and Maintenance Manual for Series SRV 125F Starter Relay ValveJ
YAN MAR
04578001
Form P7520
Edition 1
October, 2001
(Dwg. TP1906)
A WARNING
'w'
~ IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION ENCLOSED. READ THIS
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING STARTER.
FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN INJURY.
For safety, top performance, and maximum • Caution should be taken when operating this
durability of parts, do not operiile Series 150T (starter) on gas because of the danger of fire,
Starters at pressure in excess· of the rating explosion, or inhalation. After assembling a
stamped on the nameplate. Use supply lines of starter, always test It In accordance with the
adequate size as directed In the installation procedures outlined in this manuaf. Never install a
instructions In this manual. reassembled starter that has not been tested in
• Always turn off the air or gas supply and accordance with the procedures In this manual.
disconnect the air or gas supply hose before Operate this starter only when properly installed
installing, removing or adjusting any accessory on the engine.
on this starter, or before performing any • Do not lubricate starters with flammable or
maintenance on this starter. volatile liquids such as kerosene or jet fuel.
• Series 1 SOT Starters are designed for gas • For personal protection, do not remove any
operation. They are not totally sealed in dynamic labels. Replace any damaged labels.
operation since the exhaust must be vented or Use only recommended Ingersoll-Rand
piped away and there is a possibility of leakage accessories.
around the output shaft when rotating.
NOTICE
The use of other than genuine Ingersoll-Rand Replacement parts may result in safety hazards, decreased starter
performance, Increased maintenance, and may Invalidate all warranties.
Ingersoll-Rand is not responsible for customer modifications of starters for applications on which Ingersoll-Rand
was not consulted.
Repairs should be made only by Authorized trained personnel. Consult your nearest Ingersoll-Rand Authorized Service
Center.
Specific test data, when applicable, can be found in the Special Instructions Section of this manual.
It is the responsibility of the employer to place the information in this manual into the hands of the operator.
•
AWARNING
0
&WARNING A WARNING
Alwaya wear eye p,olectlon Reed 11\la manual belo,. Alwaya ,..., 1M1ring
wllen operetlng or .,.,tanning operating toot protection wllen operating
rnelntaNnC• on tllla tool. thlatoot
PINION DATA
Pinion Code
Number of Blank DP/MOO PD PA Rotation OD
Teeth Inches mm inches mm
51 13 14 8/10 1.75 44.45 20° AIL 1.75 44.45
53 12 13 8/10 1.625 41.28 20° AIL 2 50.8
54 11 12 6/8 2 50.8 20° AIL 2.250 57.15
Other models available. Contact your Ingersoll-Rand representative.
2
HOW TO ORDER A STARTER
PRE-ENGAGED -------J
GEAR RATIO -------'
ROTATION -------
PINION CODE .....
-E
INLET
ORIENTATION EXHAUST-------'
~'ilN.EI'
I
I •" (.IMO)
[c,e.a)]
, (s• .,,,r:,)
[(1411.os)]
z,c (er»·)
I
:II
I
'
(Dwg. TP1907)
~'i~
3
(ll. 632)--------<(
(5.750)--...1 (4.000)
((34"25)]
[(14'-05)] [(101.60)}
r-------(12.312)------...J
(l,UO) [(314.50)] JX (,440)-~..._(,0S)
[(u.1a)} [<11· ")] [(15.aa))
(1. 750)
((44.45))
(.9)8)
(r , 77' )-.--1-..l ((23.al)}
(·L510) [C 45.12)] lAAV(L
ti (3.622)
[(114.55)]
( 1.0 17)
[(2s.e2)]
L-c,.•o,)---..1 (('2 .oo))
[{162.H)]
_ _.~_r-t--'-.1.---(a.713)----_J
[(221. 32))
GI (a.o sc)
[(n. n)]
(Dwg. TP1908)
TYPICAL VEHICULAR INSTALLATION
*AIR
CONTROL P<JlTS PRESSURE GAGE
LOCATED ABOVE
CENTER Of STARTER f4 t-()5E I 1/4" I 150BMP• I 064L
JIC 37• ADAPTOR 1/4" N.P,T. Al R SUPPLY FROM
I *SS350·MC4 ORY AIR BRAKE TANK
CHECK VALVE
*1506MP· 1056
I I
_________ ..,.
I l/4" HOSE
• AIR
RECEIVER
T,4.NK
INLET FLANGE KIT
*ST500·Kl66 RELAY VALVE
* SRVl25T
I 1/2" PIPE
- I/""
l'll"'T'\------ N. P. T, PRESSURE MEASURING
* DRAIN VALVE
150BMP· 1067
1/Z"N.P.T.
(Dwg. TP1909)
TYPICAL STATIONARY INSTALLATION
RELi EF VALVE
SET AT 15 P.S.I.
ABOVE REGl.l...ATOR
SETT I NG
"4 HOSE I 1/4"1
* STARTER
SMB-618
CONTROL VALVE
IBRASS/AlRI
FOR GAS OPERATION, Tl-£
RELIEF VALVE OUTLET t.4UST
*
AIR PRESSURE GAGE ;::"\.
I 50BMP · I 064L I A IR ONLY J "\ 'V
SMBG-618 ICHROME/GASI
*
C*mc:z===:=:=:::::';,,' STSOO·Kl66
I NI.ET FLAN~ K IT
l/4"
PRESSURE REGULATOR
(SET REGULATOR SO THAT THE OPEN
VALVE PRESSURE, MEASURED AT 1/4" N.P.T. PRESSURE MEASURING
THE STARTER INLET, DOES NOT PORT. OPERATING PRESSUlE NOT TO
EXCEED THE MAXIMUM OPERATING EXCEED MAX. PRESS~ RATING
PRESSURE LISTED ON THE STARTER.) STAMPED ON STARTER NAMEPLATE,
STANDARD HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM
AIR OR GAS. USE PRESSURE REGlLJ.TOR NOTE:
WHEN SUPPLY PRESSURE IS OVER USE SEALANT
RATING Of' STARTER ON ALL PIPE 2" N.P.T. EXHAUST OUTLET••
* COt-H:CTIONS.
SMB·-441 ••FOR N"TURAL GAS OPERATION, STARTER MAIN EXHAUST MUST 6£
PIPED AWAY.
* INGEASOLL-RAND PART NUMBER TO PIPE THE DRIVE HOUSING VENT, REMOVE THE DRIVE HOUSING
PLUG ANO REPLACE IT WITH A SUITABLE TIAJING LINE.
THE TUBING MUST VENT AT A SAFE LOCATION ANO I.IUST sor BE
I NTERCQNIIECTEO WI TH ANY OTHER EXHAUST LINES WHICH
MIGHT INTRODUCE A BACK PRESSURE ON THE DRIVE HOUSING
VENT.
(Dwg. TP1910)
PLACING THE STARTER IN SERVICE
INSTALLATION ---- Always run the air supply line from the side or top of
Always make certain your air starter is properly installed. the receiver, never al or near the bottom. Moisture in
For maximum performance, read this manual prior to the the air collects at the bottom of the receiver resulting
installation or operation of Series I 50T Turbine-Powered in damage, which could cause the valves 10 become
Starters. inoperative. Periodically open the petcock at the
bottom of the tank to drain the water.
General Information 7. Whenever a hazardous gas is being used to operate
the starter, there must be no leaks in inlet or
1. It is strongly recommended that on all vehicular exhaust piping or from any other starter joints.
installations, and on stationary engines subject to All discharges should be piped away to a safe
vibration, that hoses of the specified diameter be used area.
instead of rigid pipe connections to the starter, 8. Whenever possible, always mount the air starter so
Vehicle and engine vibration will soon loosen rigid that the exhaust port is pointed downward. This will
pipe connections, whereas hoses will absorb the help prevent any accumulation of water in the starter
vibration, and connections will remain tight. motor.
2. The starter is designed for either flange, or threaded 9. We recommend installation of a "glad hand" for
pipe, mounting al the inlet. The optional Flange emergency re-pressurizing of the system. To keep the
Mounting Kit is required for installation. All piping, "glad hand" clean and free of dirt and to protect it
hoses and valving must be clean prior to installation. from damage, a second "glad hand" closed by a pipe
Make sure that the starter inlet remains free of din plug can be mated to it, or a "glad hand" protector
and foreign material during installation. bracket can be used.
3. In the actual mounting of a starter, it may be best to I 0. It is recommended that a strainer be installed in the
have the starter end of the hose handy for attaching to inlet line for each starter. Ingersoll-Rand offers 5
the starter. strainers: ST900-267-24 for 1-1/2" lines, ST900-267-
4. Engine design often demands that the starter be 32 and ST900-267-32F for 2" lines, ST900-267-48
mounted underneath in extremely close quarters, and for 3" lines and ST900-267-64 for 4" lines. These 300
even though two of the mounting bolt holes are easy mesh strainers provide 50-micron filtration and offer
to reach, the third one is often less accessible. To significant protection against supply line
install a starter, the following tools are required: contaminates which could damage the turbine
regular ratchet wrench, sockets, universal joint, components. Replacement elements are ST900-266-
socket extension and a single or double-end box 24 for 1-1/2", ST900-266-32 for 2" pipe, ST-266-32F
wrench. for 2" flange, ST900-266-48 for 3" flange, and
5. The efficiency of an Air Starter can be greatly ST900-266-64 for 4" lines.
impaired by an improper hook-up. Hoses smaller
than those recommended will reduce the volume of Orientation or the Starter
air to the motor aJld the use of reducers for piped-
away applications in the e\haust port will restrict the It is recommended that starters be! ordered in the proper
exhaust causing back pressure to the motor resulting orientation for your specific mounting requirements.
in reduced performance. The number·of tees, elbows, However, if the starter must be reoriented for installation,
and the length of the supply line, should be kept to a proceed as follows:.
minimum. Use 1-1/4" hose or pipe for supply lines l. Refer to the dimension illustration on pages 3 and 4
up to 15 feet (4.6 m} long; uses 1-1/2" hose or pipe if and note that the Drive Housing can be located in any
the supply line is over 15 feet (4.6 m) long. one of eighteen radial positions relative to the Gear
6. A leak. in any of the connections in live air lines Case. The exhaust port (Motor Housing) can be
means that the system will drain overnight and will located in any one of four radial positions relative to
have to be re-pressurized the next morning by use of the Gear Case, and the air inlet (Motor Housing
another vehicle or compressor. Make your Cover) can be located in any one of four radial
connections bubble tight to avoid unnecessary positions relative to the exhaust port.
costs and delays. On all threaded connections 2. Study the engine mounting requirements, and
throughout the system, use Ingersoll-Rand No. SMB- determine the required orientation of the Drive
441 Sealant, non-hardening No. 2 Perrnatex or Housing relative to the Gear Case. If the Drive
Loctite," Pipe Sealant. After all connections have Housing has to be reoriented, remove the nine Drive
been made, check each joint with a soap bubble test. Housing Cap Screws and rotate the Drive Housing to
There must be no leaks in live air lines. The slightest its required position. Separation of the Drive Housing
leak will cause the system lo lose pressure overnight. from the Gear Case is not required. Reinstall the
7
Drive Housing Cap Screws and tighten to 100 in-lb 6. Attach Starter lnstruction Label (TA-STR-100) to
(13 Nm) torque. control panel adjacent to the Starter Control Valve.
3. After the Drive Housing is properly oriented relative 7. Mount the Air Pressure Gauge (l50BMP-1064) on or
to the Gear Case, determine if the inlet port will be adjacent 10 the control panel. It should be located
favorably located for hose installation. If either or where it is readily visible to the operator.
both of these members must be reoriented, use a 8. Connect the Starter Control Valve 10 the Relay Valve
9/16" wrench to remove the four Motor Housing with 1/4" hose. Install a tee in this line with a short
Cover Cap Screws, and rotate the Motor Housing feeder hose to the Pressure Gauge.
and/or Motor Housing cover to the desired position.
NOTICE NOTICE
Do not separate the Motor Housing from the Make certain the hose is connected to the supply
Intermediate Gear Case, as gear lubrication oil side (marked "SUP") or the Starter Control Valve.
will be lost.
9. To determine the exact length of 1/4" air hose
Reinstall the Motor Housing Cover Cap Screws and required, run a piece of heavy duty hose, or some
alternately tighten them to 25 ft-lb (34 Nm) torque in other flexible tubing of the same diameter, from the
10 fl-lb (14 Nm) increments. Relay Valve on the receiver to the starter location on
the engine.
Mounting the Starter 10. Attach the 1/4'. air hose to the outlet side ofthe_Relay
Valve, and run the hose through the frame, etc. to its
1. Study the appropriate piping diagrams on pages 5 and final position at the starter location.
6 and install as indicated. 11. At this point, determine whether or not it is feasible
2. The air receiver tank for a starter installation must or practical to attach the hose to the starter before or
have a working pressure rating equal co or greater after the starter is actually mounted. In some cases it
than the maximum pressure at which the starter will may be necessary to attach the hose to the starter
be operated. before mounting.
3. When connecting the starter to a receiver tank that is 12. lf possible, liberally grease the teeth on the ring gear
already in service, bleed off the air pressure in the with a good quality sticky gear grease. This will help
tank prior to installing the starter. promote the life of the ring gear and the starter
pinion.
A.WARNING 13. Move the starter into position, and mount it on the
flywheel housing. Tighten the mounting bolts to 100
Bleed off the air pressure through a valve or ft-lb (l 36 Nm) torque.
petcock. Do not remove a plug from the tank 14. For Pre-Engaged Models, install a 1/4" hose line from
while the tank is pressurjzed. the delivery side (marked "DEL") of the Starter
Control Valve or Solenoid Valve to the "IN" port on
Drain off any water that may have accumulated in the
the Starter Drive Housing.
bottom of the tank.
4. Using a 1-1/4" short nipple, install the SRV 125
NOTICE
Starter Relay Valve on the end of the receiver tank as
shown in the piping diagram. Inadvertent application of air pressure to the
"OUT" port will result in Drive malfunction
NOTICE (Pinion will fail to retract). If this condition
occurs, loosen Drive Housing Cap Screws (44) to
Make certain the connection is made to the inlet
vent Gear Case (19). Also, loosen Housing Plugs
side of the Relay Valve indicated by the word
(4) and (49) to vent motor.
"IN"; cast on the valve body.
15. Install a 1/4" hose line from the "OUT" port on the
5. For air installations, install the Starter Control Valve
Starter Drive Housing to the small pipe tapped
(SMB-618) on the dash panel (for vehicular
portion top of the Starter Relay Valve or Solenoid
installations) or some other appropriate panel (for
Valve.
stationary installations). An optional control circuit,
16. If the exhaust is to be piped away, attach appropriate
utilizing an electric solenoid control valve and a
piping to the exhaust outlet on the motor housing.
panel mounted switch, is also available. Mount the
17. Pressurize the complete starting system and check
12V Solenoid Valve (150BMP-I05IB), or appropriate
every connection with a soap bubble test. There
voltage solenoid, securely and, preferably, in a
must be no leaks in live air lines or other
vertical position away from any concentration of heat,
connections.
vibration or contamination. Connect the leads to the
operator's starting switch, which should be located on
the dashboard or control panel.
8
MAINTENANCE SECTION
6. Do not remove any needle bearing from a press fit
,A WARNING unless you have a new needle bearing on hand for
installation. Needle bearings are always damaged
Always wear eye protection when operating or during the removal process.
performing maintenance on this starter. Always
turn off the air or gas supply and disconnect the Disassembly of the Housing Cover, Motor Assembly,
air or gas supply hose before installing, removing and Motor Housing
or adjusting any accessory on this starter or
before performing any maintenance on this I. If replacing the Motor Assembly (8), remove two of
starter. the housing Plugs (49) and drain the oil from the
gearing before beginning disassembly of the starter.
LUBRICATION
Inspect the magnetized portion of the housing Plug
Each rime a Series 150T Starter is disassembled for
(49) for metal particles. Very fine metal particles are
maintenance or repair, re-lubrication of key components is
normal. Remove particles and reinstall Plugs. Repeat
required. The following list summarizes the lubricants
for the other two Plugs. Large particles or chips are
required when performing maintenance on the starter. Refer
an indication of a problem. If found disassemble the
to the appropriate section for additional details on the task
Gear Case and inspect.
you are attempting to perform.
2. Using a 9/16" SAE box or open-end wrench, unscrew
and remove the four (4) Starter Assembly Cap
For All Models
Screws (1) and Washers (2).
3. Pull the Inlet Cover (3) from the Motor Housing (6).
I. Lubricate all 0-rings with O·ring lubricant before
4. Remove the drain plug from the rear motor bearing
assembly.
oil reservoir and drain the oil.
2. Fill the intennediate gear case (12) with 55 ml (1.9
S. Holding the Intermediate Gear Case (12). remove the
fl.oz.) of 80W90 gear oil. Do not overfill.
motor housing by tapping it on the exhaust outlet
3. Lubricate the rear motor bearing through the fill plug
with a plastic hammer or mallet. This operation is
(7) with 7 ml (0.24 fl.oz.) of 80W90 hypoid gear oil.
simplified if the Starter can be positioned on a work
Do not overfill.
bench vertically, resting on the engine mounting
4. Approximately 0.24 kg (8 ft.oz) of Ingersoll-Rand
flange.
No. 11 grease is required to lubricate the gears in the
6. Remove the Motor Assembly (8) by grasping the
offset gear case.
Motor Pinion (9) and pulling the Motor Assembly
5. Drive housing and components are lubricated with
from the Motor Housing. If difficulty is encountered
Ingersoll-Rand No. 11 grease during assembly. See
removing the motor assembly place the motor and
assembly instructions for details.
housing on a suitable support that will allow the
motor assembly to be dropped out of the housing.
-DISASSEMBLY OFTHE STARTER- Insert a suitable flat-bottomed punch, approximately
General Information 3/16" diameter through the oil fill port on the back of
the motor housing. Lightly tap the punch with a
1. Always mark adjacent parts on the Inlet Cover (3), mallet to drive the Motor Assembly out of the
Motor Housing (6), Gear Case (12),.0ffset Gear Case housing. It is important to maintain alignment of the
(19) and Drive Housing (41) so these members can be punch with the· motor during this operation. It is also
located in the same relative position when the Staner important to protect the motor from dropping out of
is reassembled. the housing unexpectedly.
2. Do not disassemble the. staner any further than 7. Remove lite' Intermediate Gear Case ( 12) by gently
necessary to replace a worn or damaged part.. tapping it around the circumference, with a plastic
3. Do not remove any part, which is a press fit in or on hammer or mallet, upward to remove it from the
a subassembly unless µ:e removal of that pan is Offset tieai Case.
necessary for replacerrieo! or repairs. 8. In the event that the Planetary Gear Frame (14) is
4. Always have a complete set of seals and Ovrings on retained, by the Offset Gear Housing, it must be
hand before starting any overhaul of a 150T starter. removed separately. Position two suitable pry bars on
Never reuse old seals or gaskets. opposite side in between the Gear Frame and the
5. When grasping a pan in a vise, always use leather· Offset Gear Case. Using equal pressure gently lift the
covered or copper-covered vise jaws to protect the Gear Frame out of the Offset Gear Case. The pry bars
surface of the part and help prevent distortion. This may have to be repositioned around the
is particularly true of threaded members. circumference several times to complete the task.
9
Disassembly of the Offset Gear Case 2. Wash all pans except the Start Drive or any sealed
bearing in-clean-kerosene or other solvent. Dry the
I. Set the Gear Case and Drive Housing unit upright on parts With compressed air.
the workbench with the Drive Housing (41) upward.
2. Remove the Drive Housing Cap Screws (44) and lift Inspection of Parts
off the Drive Housing, Drive Gear and Starter Drive.
3. Thread a 5/16"-18 cap screw into the tapped hole in I. Discard all 0-rings and gaskets. These should not be
the Offset Gear Case and drive the Bearing Ejecting reused.
Washer out. This will drive the Drive Shaft Rear 2. Check all grease seals. If these appear wom or
Bearing from the Offset Gear Case. distorted, remove them from their parent member and
discard. Discard any grease seal that was removed
Disassembly of the Drive Housing during disassembly or the Starter.
· 3. Check all needle bearings. Discard any needle
J. With the drive housing unit lying on the workbench, bearing that was pressed from a parent member
grasp the Drive Gear (24) and pull the assembled during disassembly of the Starter. Remove and
Drive Shaft (32) from the Starter Drive (36). discard any other needle bearing that appears wom,
2. If the Drive Gear must be removed from the Drive distorted.ihas loose needles or does not run freely.
Shaft, support the Drive Gear on the table of an arbor 4. Check all ball bearings. These should run freely
press, and press the Drive Shaft from the Drive Gear. without any rough spots or binding. Discard any
Remove the Drive Gear Key (33). bearing that gives any indication of wear.
3. Stand up the drive shaft assembly, bearing end up, in
a sleeve that contacts the Drive Shaft Collar (31), and -----ASSEMBLY-----
press the Drive Shaft from the bore of the Drive Shaft General Instructions
Front Bearing (25).
4. Position the Drive Housing (41) vertically, grasping I. Always press on the inner ring of a ball-type bearing
the Offset Gear Case Cover (27) in copper-covered when installing the bearing on a shaft.
vise jaws. Tap the underside of the Drive Housing 2. Always press on the outer ring of a ball-type bearing
mounting flange with a soft hammer to dislodge the when pressing the bearing into a bearing recess.
Drive Housing from the Gear Case Cover. Lift off the 3. Whenever grasping a starter or part in a· vise, always
Drive Housing. The Piston Assembly and Starter use leather-covered or copper-covered vise jaws.
Drive will probably remain with the Drive Housing; Take extra care with threaded parts, shafts or
make certain they do not fall on the floor. housings.
5. Do not remove the Drive Shaft Grease Seal (30) from 4. Except for bearings, always clean every part and
the Offset Gear Case unless it is absolutely necessary wipe every pan with a thin film of oil before
and you have a new Seal on hand. The Seal is always installation.
destroyed in the removal process. If the Seal must be 5. Check every bearing for roughness. If an open
removed, press it from the Oear Case Cover. bearing must tic cleaned, wash it thoroughly in a
6. Withdraw the Piston (38) and Starter Drive (36) from suitable cleaning solution and dry with a clean cloth.
the Drive Housing. Withdraw the Piston Returv Sealed or shielded bearings should never be cleaned.
Spring (40). Work grease th'aroughly into every open bearing
7. Remove the Shift Ring Retainer (34) and Shift Ring before installation.
Spacer (35) from the small bore of the Piston. 6. Apply a film of 0-ring lubricant to all 0-rings before
8. Slide the Piston forward toward the drive pinion until final assembly.
the two halves of the Shift Ring (37) arc free. Slide 7. Unless otherwise noted, always press on the stamped
the Piston from the Starter Drive. end ofa needle bearing when installing the needle
9. Do not remove the Drive H6u'smg Bearing (25) from bearing in a recess, using a piloted arbor. The use of
the Drive Housing unless you have a new bearing on a flat arbor, or installing the bearing wrong end first,
hand. The bearing is always destroyed in the removal may fracture the shell or Ioele the needles against
process. If the bearing must'berernoved, press it from rotation.
the Drive Housing.
As.sembly or Drive Gear
Cleaning the Parts
l. If the Drive Shaft Grease Seal (30) was removed
Once the Starter has been disassembled, clean all parts for from the Gear Case Cover (27), press in a new Seal
inspection. so that the inner lips of the Seal face the bearing
recess for the Drive Shaft Front Bearing (25).
1. Wipe all dirt, grease, etc. from the Starter Drive and 2. Apply a thin film of moly-base grease to the Drive
sealed bearings. Do not wash these parts in Shaft (32) and the bore of the Drive Shaft Front
kerosene or other solvent, as this will dilute and Bearing and Drive Shaft Collar (31).
contaminate any sealed-in lifetime lubricant.
10
3. Press the Drive Shaft Collar, beveled end first, onto 4. Moisten the Piston 0-ring (39) with 0-ring lubricant.
the keyway end of the Drive Shaft until it sets against and install it in the groove on the Piston.
the shoulder of the splines.
4. Press the Drive Shaft Front Bearing onto the keyway Assembly of the Drive Housing
end of the Drive Shaft until it seats against the Drive
Shaft Collar. I. If the Drive Housing Bearing (42) was removed,
5. Install the Drive Gear Key (33) in the keyway on the stand the Drive Housing (41) upright and press a new
Drive Shaft. Drive Housing Bearing, open end first, into the Drive
6. Press the Drive Gear (24), long hub first, on the Housing until the closed end of the Bearing is flush
Drive Shaft until it contacts the Drive Shaft Front with the face of the Drive Housing. Work some
Bearing. Ingersoll-Rand Grease No. 11 in the Bearing.
2. Wipe a thin film of Ingersoll-Rand Bearing Grease
Assembly or the Gear Case No. I I on the bore of the Drive Housing.
3. Stand the Drive Housing on its small end, and insert
l. Set the Gear Case ( 19) flat on a table with the Drive the Return Spring Seat, small bore first, into the bore
Housing side, the side with the twelve ( 12) hole of the Drive Housing.
pattern, facing upward. 4. Set the Piston Return Spring (40) in the Drive
2. Place the Bearing Ejecting Washer (21) in the Housing so that it seats in the counterbore of the
bearing recess. Return Spring.
3. Press the Drive Shaft Rear Bearing (22), unstamped 5. Moisten the outside of the Piston with 0-ring
end first, into the bearing recess until the trailing face lubricant, and insert the assembled Piston and Starter
of the Bearing is flush with the face of the bearing Drive, pinion end first, into the Drive Housing.
recess. Work some Ingersoll-Rand Bearing Grease 6. Apply a thin film of Ingersoll-Rand Bearing Grease
No. 11 between the rollers of the bearing. No. 11 to the surface of the Drive Shaft (32).
4. Wipe a thin film of grease on the Drive Gear Thrust 7. Carefully take the assembled Drive Housing and
Washer (23), and place the Washer on the lip of the install it on the assembled motor and Gear Case so
bearing recess in the Gear Case. that the Drive Shaft passes through the Starter Drive
5. Apply about 0.24 kg (8 oz.) of Ingersoll-Rand No. 11 and enters the bore of the Drive Housing Bearing.
Grease to the assembled Drive Gear (24) and Drive 8. Orient the Drive Housing so that the punch mark
Shaft (32), making certain to work the grease made prior to disassembly is aligned with the punch
between all the gear teeth, splines, and bearing mark on the Gear Case.
surfaces. 9. Install the Drive Housing Cap Screws (44) and Lock
6. Insert the assembled Drive Gear and Shaft, short hub Washers (45), and tighten the Cap Screws to 100 in-
end first, into the Gear Case so that the short hub lb () 3 Nm) of Torque.
enters the Drive Shaft Rear Bearing.
7. Moisten the Gear Case Cover 0-ring (29) and Piston Assembly of the Intermediate Gear Case
0-ring (28) with 0-ring lubricant and install them in
their respective grooves on the Gear Case Cover (27). 1. Position the assembled Drive Housing and Gear Case
8. Place Gasket (26) on gearcase face. on a table, or fixture, so that the open end of the Gear
9. Install the Gasket (26) on the Gear Case and slide the Case is oriented up, and the pinion is down.
assembled Gear Case Cover, bearing recess first. 2. Lubricate the Gear Case 0-rings (11, 13) with a thin
down over the Drive Shaft until it seats against the film of 0-ring lubricant and position them in the
Gear Case. Important: Check the inner lip of the grooves in the bearing bore of the Gear Case.
Drive Shaft Grease Seat to make certain that it did 3. If required. press the Gear Frame Bearings (15,16)
not fold outward toward the end of the Drive onto the Gear Frame (14). The rear bearing (15) is
Shaft. If it did fold outward, you must reinstall the usually pressed on first. Take care to press on the
Gear Case Cover, using a fine pointed instrument INNER race of these bearings when pressing them
to roll the lip of the Seal in the proper direction. on to the shaft.
4. Place the Offset Gear Pinion (17) onto the shaft of
Assembly of the Piston the Gear Frame Assembly (14).
5. Install the Rotor Pinion Retainer (18) in the groove
I. Stand the Stan Drive (36), pinion end down, on the on the rotor shaft taking care not to overexpand the
workbench. Place the Piston (38). large diameter ring while placing it on the shaft. Make sure the
first, down over the Starter Drive. Rotor Pinion Retainer is fully seated in the groove
2. Place the two halves of the Shift Ring (37) in the before moving on to the next step.
wide channel at the upper end of the Piston. 6. Position the Gear Frame Assembly (14) by locating
3. Slip the Shift Ring Spacer (35) against the Shift Ring, the outer race of the small bearing in the bearing seat
and install the Shift Ring Retainer (34) in the groove in the Offset Gear Case (19). Care must be taken not
in the piston boss. to damage the 0-ring in the Offset Gear Case during
this operation.
11
7. Lubricate the 0-rings for the Intermediate Gear Case 5. Wipe/clean the gasket surface on the rear of the
(11,13) with 0-ring Lubricant and install on the Motor Housing. Position the Motor Inlet Cover
Intermediate Gear Case. Gasket (5) on the Motor Housing.
8. Set the Intermediate Gear Case on the Offset Gear 6. Set Inlet Cover (3) onto the Motor Housing making
Case making certain the punch marks on both Gear certain the punch marks on the Inlet Cover align with
Cases are aligned. those on the Motor Housing. Take care not to disturb
9. Install the Drain Plugs (49) in the Intermediate Gear the alignment of the Inlet Cover Gasket when
Case. positioning the Inlet Cover.
l 0. Fill the Intermediate Gear Case, through the exposed 7. Install the Motor Housing/Inlet Cover Cap Screws (1)
open end, with 55 ml (1.9 fl.oz.) of 80W90 gear oil. and Lockwashers (2). Tighten the Cap Screws to
Do not overfill. 25 ft-lbs (34 Nm) of torque.
I. Before installing the Motor Assembly (8), coat the 1. Clutch Ratcheting: Tum the Drive Pinion (36) by
0-rings on the Motor Assembly and the inside of the hand in the direction of Starter Rotation. The clutch
Motor Housing bore with 0-ring lubricant. Position should ratchet smoothly with a slight clicking action.
the Motor Housing with the main bore opening in the 2. Motor and Gearing Freeness; Tum the Drive
vertical position. Carefully slide the Motor Assembly Pinion (36) opposite the direction of Staner rotation.
down into the housing, with the geared shaft pointing The Drive Pinion should rum by hand.
out. It is important to slide the Motor Assembly in as 3. Pinion Engagement: Apply 50 psig (3.4 bar)
straight as possibly to prevent a cut 0-ring. When pressure air to the engagement "IN" port. The Drive
properly seated in the Motor Housing the front Pinion (36) should move outward, and air should
exhaust passage, in the housing, should be escape from the "OUT' port. Repeat several times to
completely visible. insure proper operation. Plug the "Otrr" port and
2. Attach the Gear Pinion (9) to the Motor Shaft. Install apply 150 psig (10.3 bar) to the ''IN" port. Check and
the Gear Pinion Retaining Ring ( 10). Be careful not make sure no air or gas is escaping.
to expand the Gear Pinion Retaining Ring any more 4. Motor Action: Secure Starter in a vise and apply 90
than necessary to fit it to the shaft. Be sure the psig (6.2 bar) pressure using a 3/8" (9 mm) supply
retaining ring is fully seated in the groove. line to the inlet of the motor. Starter should run
3. Set the Motor Housing assembly on the assembled smoothly, and in the direction stamped on the
Offset Gear Case and Drive Housing assembly, nameplate. Chamfer on pinion teeth should be on
making certain the punch marks on the Intermediate trailing edge of gear teeth.
Gear Case are aligned with those on the Motor 5. Motor and Gear Case Seals: Plug the exhaust and
Housing Assembly. slowly apply 20 psig (1.4 bar) pressure to the inlet of
4. Fill the fluid reservoir at the back of the motor the motor. Immerse the Starter for 30 seconds in a
housing with 7 ml (0.24 fl.oz.) of 80W90 hypoid gear nonflammable, bubble-producing liquid. If the Staner
oil. Do not overfill. Wrap the filler plug with Teflon is properly scaled, no bubbles will appear.
tape and install in the motor housing. Tighten to 5 to
10 ft-lb (6.8 to 13.6 Nm) of torque.
12
(Dwg. TP1911)
(Owg. TP1912)
PART NUMBER FOR ORDERING PART NUMBER FOR ORDERING
+
l Cap Screw . 107-25 26 Gasket . ISOBMP-284
2 Washer, Lock . 002-504 27 Cover, Gear Case . 150BMP-378X
3 Inlet Cover . ST500-202 28 0-ring . ISOBMP-604
4 Plug ·· · · · · ··· · ···· ·· ROH-377 29 0-ring , . ISORMP-607
5 Gasket . STS00-283 30 Seal . ISOBMP-271
6 Motor Housing . STS00-40 31 Collar . IOBM-30
7 Pipe Plug - 1/8 NPT ,· . R2-227 32 Shaft . l50BMP-8-2
8 Motor Assembly, RH ................•... STS99R-AS3 (for 33 Key . lOBM-610
ISOTLP .... , RH rot.) 34 Ring, Retaining . IOBMP-606
Molar Assembly, LH ·· . ST599L-A53 (for 35 Ring . IOBMP-602
LSOTLP.... , LH rot.) 36 Bendix Drive · RH Index . lOIBMP-299-1 (for
Motor Assembly, RH . ST544R-A.53 {for ... E88R54- .. Models)
ISOTMP....• RH rot) Bendix Drive· RH Index . IO I BMP-299·3 (for
Motor Assembly, LH . ST544L-A53 (for ... E88R53- .. Models)
v, I 50TMP. .... LH rot.) 37 Shift Ring . IOIBMI'- 705-1
9 Gear, Pinion . ST.500-319 38 Piston · 0-ring Type . 150BMP-703
10 Ring, Retaining . STS00-18 39 Piston 0-ring . 150BMP-337
LI 0-ring . SSS00-152 40 Spring, Return . IOIBMP-700-1
12 Gear Case Assembly . ST500-A37 41 Drive Housing . 150BMP-300-88.
13 Ovring . Y325-46 42 Bearing. Needle Roller . MLSOK-318
14 Gear Frame Assembly . ST500-A I 088 43 Pipe Plug . HSPPS-2
15 Bearing, Ball . STS00-23 44 Screw, Hex Cap . IOBM-744
16 Bearing, Ball . ST500-105 45 Washer. Lock . IOBM-67
17 Pinion · . ISOBME-17 46 Flange Kit· 1·-114• Pipe . ST500-K166
18 Ring, Retaining . STS00-69 (Optional Equipment)
19 Gear Case · · . IOBM-X37 47 Deflector Assembly . ST500-A735
20 0-ring . Y325-29 (Optional Equipment)
21 Washer · .. ·· IOBM-25 48 0-ring . ST500-137
22 Bearing, Needle . IOBM-399 49 Plug, Magnetic Drain . 150T-29
23 Washer ···· ·· IOBM-15 • Muffler . STS00-674
24 Drive Gear : ...............•........... 150BME-9 (Optional Equipment)
25 Bearing . T02-33
(*) - Not Shown
United States Latin America Asia/Pacific
IR ESS Customer Service /Distribution Ingersoll-Rand - Latin America
Center Division
Auslralia
P.O. Box 618 730 Northwest I 07 Avenue
Ingersoll-Rand Australia. Ltd
S IO Hester Drive Street 300 l Hartnett Drive
Miami, FL 33172
White House, TN 37188 PMB 2, Canum Downs BC, vre., 3201
United States Phone: (305) 559-0500
Seaford, Victoria 3198
Phone: (888) START-AIR Fax: (305) 222-0864
Australia
Fax: (615) 672-0801 Phone: (61) 3 9554 1600
Brasil Fax: (61) 3 9554 1611
Canada Ingersoll-Rand do Brasil Ltda.
Marketing/Sales/Service Headquarters Tool & Hoist Division India
Ingersoll-Rand Canada Inc. Av. Dr. Cardoso de Meio 1855
Ingersoll Rand Wadco Tools Ltd.
5 I Worcestor Road cj. 152-04548-005 Sao Paulo,. SP 37-A, Site 4
Toronto, Ontario M9W 4K2 Brasil
Sahibabad Industrial Arca
Phone: (416) 213-4500 Phone: (55) 11 3049-8900 Ghaziabad 201 010 (U.P.)
Fax: (416) 213-4510 Fax: (55) 113846-4985
India
Phone: (0120) 477-1001(2(3/4
Europe/ Middle East/ Africa Chile Fax: (0120) 477-1005
Ingersoll-Rand Tool & Hoist Division Ingersoll-Rand Chile
Zone du Chene Sorcier Nucva Tajamar 555, 15th fl.
Japan
BP62 Las Condes, Santiago
Ingersoll-Rand Japan.Ltd.
78346 Les Clayes sous Bois Cedex Chile
LS Bldg. 2F
France Phone: (56) 2 339- 7939
1-1-17 Kami-Ohsaki
Phone: +33-0130 07 6939 Fax: (56) 2 339- 7940
Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo
Fu: +33-0130 076980 141-0020
Mexico
Japan
Ingersoll-Rand Distribution Centre INGERSOLL-RAND, S.A. de C.V. Phone: (81) 3-5420-3392
Swan Lane Blvd. Centro Industrial # 11. Falt: (81) 3-5420-9116
Hindley Green Col. IndustriaJ Puente de Vigas. 54070
Wigan Tlanepantla, Edo. de Mexico
Korea
Lancashire WN2 4EZ Mexico Ingersoll-Rand T&H
England Phone: (52) 8 503-6627
#395-43, Seogyo-Dong, Mapo-Ku
Phone: +44 (0) 1942 257131 Fax: (52) S 565-3072
Seoul, Korea 121-210
Fax: +44 (0) 1942 526255 Phone: (82) 2 330 8090/1
Venezuela
Fax: (82) 2 31415893
lngersoll-Rand Company
Centro Professional Eurobuilding
Piso 6 - Oficina 6-B
Chuao, Caracas
Phone: (58) 2 924-737
Fax: (58) 2 993-9276
Form P7648
Edition 1
August 2004
CCN 04579728
NOTICE
Series SRV 125F Starter Relay valves are designed for controlling fluid flow in conjunction with Air Starting
Systems.
A WARNING
• IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION ENCLOSED - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
• Read and understand this manual before operating Valve.
• Failure to observe the following warnings could result in injury.
Always install, operate, inspect and maintain this prod- Do not remove any labels, replace any damaged labels.
uct in accordance with all applicable standards and reg- Operate this valve only when properly installed in the
ulations (local, state, country, federal, etc.). Air Starting System.
Always use clean, dry air at a pressure which does not Always bleed off the air pressure before attempting to
exceed the pressure rating listed on the valve. remove the Starter Relay Valve from the Receiver or
Do not use damaged, frayed or deteriorated air hoses & before attempting to perform any maintenance on the
fittings. Starter Relay Valve.
Always turn off the air and disconnect the air hose Never attempt to remove the Retaining Ring (12) from
before installing, removing or adjusting any accessory the bottom side of the Starter Relay Valve until the air
on this valve, or before performing any maintenance on pressure has bled off. If the Retaining Ring is removed
this valve or accessory. while there is pressure in the Receiver, internal parts of
Do not lubricate the valve with flammable or volatile the Starter Relay Valve will be blown out with consid-
liquids such as kerosene, diesel or jet fuel, use only erable force.
recommended lubricants. Use only recommended Ingersoll-Rand accessories.
Series SRV l 25F Valves are not designed for working
in explosive atmospheres.
(ljj) lngersollfland.
Refer All Communications to the Nearest
Ingersoll-Rand Office or Distributor.
<O Ingersoll-Rand Company 2004
Printed in U.S.A
USING THE VALVE
This product is not designed for working in explosive Do not use this product for purposes other than those
environments,including those caused by fumes & dust, recommended.
or near flammable materials. Operate this product only when properly installed in
This product is not insulated against electric shock. the Air Starting System.
Never use a damaged or malfunctioning product or Use only recommended Ingersoll-Rand accessories.
accessory.
Do not modify this product, safety devices, or accesso-
ries.
NOTICE
The use of other than genuine Ingersoll-Rand replacement parts may result in safety hazards, decreased starter perfor-
mance, and increased maintenance, and may invalidate all warranties.
Repairs should be made only by authorized trained personnel. Consult your nearest Ingersoll-Rand Authorized Service
Center.
Ingersoll-Rand is not responsible for customer modification of starters for applications on which Ingersoll-Rand was not
consulted.
It is the responsibility of the employer to place the information on this manual in to the bands of the operator.
A WARNING A WARNING
@
6WARNING Aiw.p tum off the •Ir aupply, bleed
Ille air prn•ura & dlaconnec1 the air
Alwllya-r hearing 111pply11.... before lnatalllng,
protection when Of)er.tlnv Do no1 UM dlfflll9ed, fRyed or
deterfo- air hosn 6 lffllnga ,..,,,ovlng o, adJuatlnv any
tlllaStarter. •ccuaory on !his product ot before
~rfomllng any malnlanence on !his
I nfOCluct or anv acc:eu ......
2 P7648 Edition 1
EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST
e
(Dwg. TP2184)
.
' When ordering, use applicablepart number
P7648 Edition 1 3
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
(Dwg. TP2212}
e .
9 When ordering, use applicable part number
A Solenoid EL90-4M4DOT
12 Volt, Pioneer Connections ........ ISOBMP-AIOSIC 90° Elbow with JIC 37° . EL90-4M437M
12 Volt, Wire Leads ............... ISOBMP-lOSIB Left and R.i1:h1 Live Air Port hlrdw•re. Position 3 nd 4
12 Volt, Wire Leads ............... ISOBMP-24SIB N 90° Elbow with Push to Lock . . . . . . . . . EL90-4M4DOT
B 90• Elbow with Push 10 Lock ........... EL90-4M4DOT O T Connection with Push 10 Lock . . . . . . ISOTMP-MRT4M4
c Solenoid Mounting Bracket ............. 150TMP-24SI P Schrader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04333654
D Solenoid Mounting Screw (2) ........... Yl33-IOSC Q l/4" Pipe Plug ,. .. ...... HSPPS-2
E Solenoid Mounting Screw Washer (2) ..... Yll7·110 R T Fining with 1/4" NPT . SRV12SF-188
F Solenoid Mounling Bracket Screw (2) .... 1S01MP-128 + Pressure Gauge . SRV12SF-1064
G Solenoid Mounling Bracket Washer (2) ... Vl4-Sl6C Secondary Inlet Port Hardware. Position 5
H 90° Elbow with Push to Lock ........... EL90·4M400T S Check Valve . ST400-IOS6
Conncclion Hose ..................... ISOTMP-12S T Plug .................•.•......... SRVl2SF-34
J 90° Elbow with Push 10 Lock ........... EL90-4M4DOT u 1-1/4" Flange Kil . STSOO-Kl66
K Connection Hose ..................... ISOTMP-12S
(+) llems Not Shown
For Position Coding infonnalion refer lo Drawing 10554749
4 P7648 Edition I
PLACING THE STARTER RELAY VALVE IN SERVICE
NOTICE
This Starter Relay Valve Is specially designed and
manufactured by Ingersoll-Rand for use on Starter
Installations. Install it In accordance with the following
instructions.
P7648 Edition 1 5
MAINTENANCE
6 P7648 Edition 1
SERVICE CENTERS
•••
~
Ml:flt,J:tJ.l!kiM
Web: www.irtools.com/techdocuments
No. Page
70 Z7A1?-1Z
70-51a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Air Starter
1 4
10
1 1
751' *-<-Jl,ffllj
FLYWHEEL SIDE
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL tlMlBit&:~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
70 I.7A,-, 70-51a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Air Starter
VAN MAR
6EY10(AlL ~M~!&fillBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
70 talb~ltff 70-52a-OO 1/3
Parts List of Starting Air Pipe
~49
--53
~50
f 51
52
~6
>----2
3
~17
0----18
lr--33
0 34
(r}-35 31
43
47
0
7 7,( *,(-JL,ffl.g 46
FLYWHEEL SIDE
YAN MAR
~·~--
&EYIO!AlL ~m!~t&~B.Jl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
70 2/3
Parts List of Starting Air Pipe 70-52a-OO
.itll v"'lv
No Level
1 1
'l;-'f
Order
SII~ffl:is"
Part No.
146623-73050 I.71'\::.,
Sf!~~~
t= (.~9-9 IN
Part Name
Remarks
YAN MAR
&EYIOtAlL tlM~t&mBJHI Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
70 ~·~ttff
-~
70-52a-OO 3/3
Parts List of Starting Air Pipe
YAN MAR
Hydraulic Jack & Tools
92
&EYIB!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Hydraulic Jack No. Page
92 Outline of the Main Components 92-01a-OO 1/2
The hydraulic jack is used to loosen or tighten the cylinder head nuts and the main bearing cap nuts.
It loosens or tightens the four nuts on each cylinder head simultaneously,or the two nuts on each main bearing.
If the hydraulic fluid leaks while the hydraulic jack is being used, the fluid may spurt out under high pres-
sure, resulting in serious injury. Therefore. be sure to observe the following precautions:
• Do not use the hydraulic jack with a rubber hose that has defects or is leaking.
• Do not put nor drop a heavy object on any rubber hose.
• Do not pull on any rubber hose. Do not bring your face close to the jack or branch tee while the jack is
under pressure.
1) Special tools
The special tools relating to the hydraulic jack and the number of tools used while working are as shown in the
following table.
Number of tools used while working
No. Special Tool Description Part No. For the For the main
cylinder headd bearing
® Spacer 146673-92481 4 2
@ Turning handle 146673-92510 1 1
VAIIMAR
6EY18(AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
HydraulicJack No. Page
92 Outlineof the Main Components 92-01a-OO 2/2
To the Branch
.. ---
/
\
'-, Air Vent Plug
-, Relief Valve
'
-,,, To the Hydraulic Jack .
To fhe Hydra:,~~~' -, - -,
f -, I
-L-~,~~--~®
_J
.
i @ @
Piston-------,
Main Body
018576-00E
VAN MAR
&EY1B!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
Hydraulic Jack No. Page
92 How to Use the Hydraulic Tools 92·02a-OO 1/1
Super Hiland 32
NIPPON OIL
Super Hiland V32
Cosmo Epoch ES32
COSMO OIL
Cosmo Hydro AW32
YAIIMAR
&EY1B!AlL OPERATION MANUAL M46623
HydraulicJack No. Page
92 Location Used & Installation Method 92-03a-00 1/1
1 ) Location used
The hydraulic pump, the hydraulic jack and related hydraulic tools are special tools used to loosen the nuts on
the following two parts when disassembling the engine. These tools are also used to tighten the nuts to the
specified oil pressure when reassembling the engine.
(1) Cylinder head nuts.
(2) Main bearing cap nuts.
YAN MAR
&EYIBIAlL m!IVJIUlt&~fJJl~ Operation Manual M46623
6/l,:fldf No. Page
92 -ff~~~&-ff~~~·(~~~,~~~nM·9M-) 92-51a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Hydraulic PUJl1) & Hydraulic Jack (Cylinder Head)
9----+
2 2----!e::,l
13 1 3
1 1
1 2
L?
& 7 7.,( ;t-.,( -Jt.,fllg
OPPOSITE SIDE OF FLYWHEEL
YAN MAR
&EY101AlL IU~l&!&~Bjj~ Operation Manual M46623
YJINMJIR
6EY181AlL UIOO~t&~BJ)~ Operation Manual M46623
12
1 1
13
13
22
9
6
Ol028l ·OOX
VAN MAR
&EY18(AlL ~~Jl3lj.&filtBJl!t Operation Manual M46623
1/Mi,il No. Page
92 nbJ±~:-,:f&nbl±~~ '~~ ( ;t ~JI.,~~'~ :fnitj'. ~--) 92-52a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Hydraulic P~ & Hydraulic Jack (llain Bearing Cap)
VANMAR
&EYIBIAlL ffl!MlJSH&filtBJH! Operation Manual M46623
••m•
No. Page
92
92-61a-OO 1/4
Parts List of Standard Tools
5
5~
~!--52
t-55
I' CJ-,
rs~
&-3
86
f-10 r}--11 ~ J
~60
~61
4
26
18 ~22 1 7
r:
~56 @-57
15
y~~/>
65 85
7 1
LY~~~ 020279-00X
YAN MAR
6EY18(A)L tlMJnct&mBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 lllllfflA 92-61a-OO 2/4
Parts List of Standard Tools
YAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~M~}&~BA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 IHllfflA 92-61a-00 3/4
Parts List of Standard Tools
J!l±l
No
31
v"'J"
Level
3
t-'I
Order
Bll~MI~
Part No.
26116-060102 ;t{JL,
ti&ti~~
I- 6 x 1 0
Part Name
BOLT. 6 X 10
fill!l O'ty
A
4
B
4
·~
Remarks
VAN MAR
&EYIB(AlL ~OOJfX!&~BA!.t Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 IUllfflA 4/4
-~
92-61a-OO
Parts List of Standard Tools
YAN MAR
GEY18(AlL tlmJ~j&fillBJJ~ Operation Manual M46623
tJ/Jll,£ No. Page
92 ~1tnn < BJiftim::J ~• > 92-62a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Oil Drain Pan
YAN MAR
GEYIB!AlL t,l!VJJJXj&filtfl}J:$ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 ~ It Jiil ( ;IIHft ;di ::J $, II ) 92-62a-00 2/2
Parts List of Oi I Drain Pan
YANMJIA
&EYIO(AlL tlM~t&fillBA~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 -f 0) ffl!ffl A 92-63a-OO 1/2
Parts List of Special Tools
ETH I LENE
4 GLYCOL
3 5
'p
6
1 8
1 0
14 020l84 ·OOX
YA II MAR
&EY18(AlL tlMIDlt&~BJl~ Operation Manual M46623
No. Page
92 ~ O)ffllffl a 92-63a-OO 2/2
Parts List of Special Tools
itil
No
1
L, l'\)l,
Level.
1
t-'I
Order
Bfl~Ml-ij-
Part No.
146673-92980 6 :f.J? *"
rul~~~
.AI\T1!
1/
1--
Part Name
VAN MAR
J
95
Attached
I
~'''""'"'"''""'"'""""'"""""""'"'"'""''""'"''"'""''"'"'"""""""'"""""""'""'
Yanmar'sWorldwide Service Network
':J1tllllltlltUH
"'''""'""""'""""''"""""'"""""''""''""""'"'"'""i:
INtltlHltltlllNIINNlllllttHIIHHIIIIHlllllllllltl
lltlNllllllltllHIHtlllNIINHltlllllllltftlllH
I
tllltllNlltltllNlltlHIIIIIIHHNltllllUlltllllllllNtlllNHNllltUC
2/4
EUROPE MIDDLE EAST
RUSSIA ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT
© Nakhodka Ships Service Ltd. fD Mapso
59, Nakhodka Avenue Nakhodka, Russia 692900 P.O. Box 2643, 44 Industrial Area, Cairo/lsmailia
Country Code: 7 Desert Road, Cairo, Egypt
Phone: 423-66-2-38-12 Fax: 423-66-2-10-71 Country Code: 20
Phone: 2-2962777 (8 lines) Fax: 2-2962780
NETHERLANDS t1) Mapso-Alexandria Office
G) Nicoverken Holland B.V. 5 Orabi Street, Alexandria, Egypt
Algerastraat 20, 3125 BS Schiedam, The Netherlands Country Code: 20
Country Code: 31 Phone: 3-483-3453 Fax: 3-483-3486
Phone: 10-2380999 Fax: 10-2380988
SAUDI ARABIA
@i) Fuji Trading (Marine) B.V.
Sluisjesdijk 109 3087AE Rotterdam, Netherlands
f» Saudi Diesel Generators Company Ltd.
Country Code: 31 P.O.Box 87, Dhahran Airport 31932, Saudi Arabia
Phone: 10-429-8833 Fax: 10-429-5227 Country Code: 966
Phone: 857-6769 / 8028/8036 Fax: 857-4681
U.K.
m Shipaid Diesel Services Ltd.
yg
~ Albwardy Marine Engineering (L.L.C)
9 Marjorie Avenue, Lincoln LN6 7SD. U.K.
Country Code: 44 Dubai Shipdocking Yard P.O. Box 6515 Dubai, U.A.E
Phone: 1522-533990 Fax: 1522-544355 Country Code: 971
Phone: 4-324-1001, 4-324-1561 Fax: 4-324-1005
GERMANY
ID Goltens Co. Ltd. Dubai Branch
@ Nippon Diesel Service Al Jadaf Ship Docking Yard P.O. Box 2811, Dubai, U.A.E
Hermann-Blohm-Str.1 D-20457, Hamburg, Germany Coutry Code: 971
Country Code: 49 Phone: 4-324-1642 Fax:4-324-1963
Phone: 40-317710 Fax: 40-311598
ICl;LAND AFRICA
@, MARAS E.H.F MOROCCO
Akralind 2 201 K-pavogur Iceland
Country Code: 354 @) Aalborg International S.A.
Phone: 555-6444 Fax: 565-7230 Port De Peche, Agadir, Morocco
Country Code: 212
~ Phone: 844234 / 841346 Fax: 845273
fD NOi SRL
Via G.B. Guarini, 33, 157121 Livorno-ltaly SOUTH AFRICA
Country Code: 39 @) IMS Engineering (Prz) Ltd.
Phone: 0586-429053 Fax: 0586-443606
124 Marine Drive Parden Eiland, 7420, South Africa
SPAIN P.O. Box 63 Parden Eiland 7420
Country Code: 27
f) Motores Echevarria, S.L Phone: 21-511-8201 Fax: 21-511-6698
Juan Sebastian Elcano, 1 48370 Bermeo Bizcaya Spain
Apartado 2, Spain
Country Code: 34
Phone: 94-6187027 Fax: 94-6187130
TURKEY
fj Aras Makina Sanayi Mumessllllk ve Ticaret Ltd Sirketi
Evliya Celebi Mah. 2.Yasemin Sok.No5 Tuzla Istanbul, Turkey
Country Code: 90
Phone: 216-582-0151 Fax: 216-582-0152
3/4
OCEANIA SOUTH AMERICA
AUSTRALIA TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
~ Forgacs Cairncross Dockyard Pty. Ltd. (D Caribbean Dockyard Ltd.
Thynne Road Morningside. Brisbane, Queensland 4170, P.O. Box 1147, Port Chaguaramas, Trinidad, W.I.
Australia Country Code: 1
Country Code: 61 Phone: 809-634-4239 / 4229 I 4378
Phone: 7-322-70856 Fax: 7-3399-6164 Fax: 809-625-1215 / 809-674-1743
i) Marine Engineering Sales & Service Pty. Ltd. URUJ,UAY
12 Starton Road Smithfield. Cairns 4878, Australia © Tsakos Industries Navales S.A.
Country Code: 61 Avda. Gral Rondeau 2023 Montevideo Uruguay
Phone: 7-4038-2030 Fax: 7-4038-2839 Country Code: 598
~ Waterside Engineering Pty. Ltd. Phone: 94-83-36 Fax: 94-70-95
48-50 Export Drive Brooklyn 3025, Victoria, Australia
ARGENTINA
Country Code: 61
Phone: 3-9314-3722 Fax: 3-9314-3799 eCromwell S.A.
~ Jaitco Carifornia 733 1168-Buenos Aires, Argentina
Country Code: 54
10199Kurraba Road, Neutral Bay, N.S.W. 2089, Australia Phone: 1-301-4124 Fax: 1-302-7407
Country Code: 61
Phone: 2-99098545 Fax: 2-99531728 (D Arzen Corpopation S.A.
Av. De Mayo 1370 Piso 2 Of 15 1362 Buenos Aires, Argentina
PAPUA NEW GUINEA Country Code: 54
Phone: 1·325-9585 Fax: 1-325-9586
~ Lutheran Shipping
P.O. Box 1459, Lae, Papua New Guinea CJ:flL_E
Country Code: 675 (9 Sociedad Maestaranga Yungay Ltda
Phone: 42-6190 Fax: 42-5806 Jose Tomas Ramos 184 Casilla 906 Vaiparaiso. Chile
Country Code: 56
Phone:214476 Fax:211898
NORTH AMERICA @ Diesel Motors Thno
lL§.A Vevtas-Servicios 56-41 Colon n 2090 Casillia
Q) Marine Turbo & Diesel Inc. 206-Talcanuano, Chile
1090 7th Street, Richmond, Ca, 94801, U.S.A. Country Code: 56
Country Code: 1 Phone: 544208 Fax: 542942
Phone: 510-236-3525 Fax: 519-236-3576 BRASIL
EI!) North Florida Ship Yards Inc. ~ Metalock do Brasil Ltda
P.O. Box 3255Jacksonville, Florida32206, U.S.A. Rua Visconde do Rio Branco 20/26, 11013-030,
Coutry Code: 1 Santos, SP, Brasil
Phone: 904-354-3278 Fax:904-353-2665 Country Code: 55
(I) International Five Star Marine Service Inc. Phone: 13-3222-4686 Fax: 13-3222-4088
905 Willow Creek Drive La Porte, Texas 77571, U.S.A.
Country Code: 1
Phone: 713-473-8660 Fax: 713-473-8667
0 GOLTENS New York Corp.
160 Van Brunt Street, Brooklyn, NY 11231 U.S.A.
Coutry Code: 1
Phone: 718-855-7200 Fax: 718-802-1147
Q} GOLTENS Miami Co. Inc.
2323 N.E. Miami Court· Miami, Florida 33137 U.S.A.
Coutry Code: 1
Phone: 305-576-4410 Fax: 305-576-3827
4/4